ru_gl_ru_tn/en_tn_17-EST.tsv at 6e9f4fe4c5e810e288bbc98a4896a64e80981e1e

418 KiB

Raw Blame History

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	EST	front	intro	d989			0		# Введение в книгу Есфирь<br><br>## Часть 1: Общее введение<br><br>### Структура книги<br><br>1. Артаксеркс лишает царицу Астинь её положения (1:1–22)<br>1. Артаксеркс избирает Есфирь в качестве новой царицы (2:1–23)<br>1. Аман составляет план по истреблению евреев (3:1–15)<br>1. Мардохей просит Есфирь помочь народу Божьему (4:1–17)<br>1. Есфирь молит царя о спасении иудеев (5:1–7:10)<br>1. Крах замысла Амана (8:1–9:16)<br>1. Учреждение праздника Пурим (9:17–32)<br>1. Заключение (10:1–3)<br><br>### Какова основная тема книги Есфирь?<br><br>В книге Есфирь рассказывается о том, как молодая еврейская девушка по имени Есфирь стала царицей Персии. Заняв престол, она приложила немало усилий для спасения своего народа от его истребления персами.<br><br>Книга завершается рассказом о том, почему евреи учредили праздник Пурим. Слово “пурим” произошло от персидского слова “пур” - “жребий”. Аман - противник евреев - бросал жребий, чтобы выбрать подходящее время, когда он мог бы напасть на евреев и уничтожить их. Божий народ ежегодно праздновал Пурим в память о том, как Господь избавил евреев от гибели.<br><br>### Как перевести заголовок книги?<br><br>Вы можете или использовать традиционный заголовок (“Есфирь”, “книга Есфирь”) или же уточнить: “Книга о Есфири”.<br><br>## Часть 2: Культурный и религиозный контекст книги<br><br>### Что представляла собой Персидская империя?<br><br>Кир Великий покорил многие государства. Большая часть Персидского царства располагалась на территории современного Ирана. Данное царство получило название Персидской империи. Когда в 539 году до н. э. Кир завоевал Вавилон, он получил власть над евреями, находившимися в вавилонском плену.<br><br>### Почему евреи находились в Вавилоне, когда персы покорили Вавилонскую империю?<br><br>В 586 до н. э., вавилоняне покорили Иудею и увели в плен её жителей. Евреи и их потомки находились в Вавилоне, когда персы завоевали Вавилонскую империю.<br><br>### Что означает выражение “законы Персии и Мидии”?<br><br>Выражение “законы Персии и Мидии” встречается в книгах Есфирь 1:19 и Даниил 6:12. Речь идёт об указах и постановлениях, которые нельзя было изменить или аннулировать после их обнародования. В книге Есфирь говорится о том, как царь издал указ, позволявший персам истребить евреев. Когда впоследствии Артаксеркс пожалел о своём поступке, он был бессилен что-либо изменить.<br><br>Мидяне (мидийцы) - это жители Мидии - государства, завоёванного персидским царём Киром Великим.<br><br>## Часть 3: Основные трудности перевода<br><br>### Какие основные стили речи представлены в книге Есфирь?<br><br>В настоящей книге описывается большое количество различных ситуаций, где речь героев очень разнообразна. Официально-деловой стиль присутствует при описании персидского суда; он также фигурирует в указах, изданных царём. Разговорный стиль можно проследить в дружеской беседе и речи людей, состоящих друг с другом в родстве (встречаются также случаи, когда говорящий обращается к самому себе). Преводчикам следует использовать всё богатство родного языка, чтобы передать отдельные стили так, чтобы читателям было ясно, о чём идёт речь.
3	EST	1	intro	v1fp			0		# Есфирь 01 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Развод царя<br><br>Царские советники опасались, что мужчины потеряют свою власть над жёнами, когда последние услышат о том, что Астинь отказалась продемонстрировать свою красоту перед гостями царя. Поэтому мудрецы посоветовали Артаксерксу развестись с царицей.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Есфирь intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__\| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
4	EST	1	1	jdr1	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	И было	In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5	EST	1	1	zzz2	figs-idiom	בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	во дни Артаксеркса	в период царствования Артаксеркса или “во время правления Артаксеркса”
6	EST	1	1	qwe1	translate-names	אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	Артаксеркса	This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7	EST	1	1	v5ts	writing-background	ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה	1	он, Артаксеркс, царствовал от Индии и до Ефиопии над ста двадцатью семью областями	Это дополнительная информация о правителе Артаксерксе (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8	EST	1	1	qwe3		ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙	1	он, Артаксеркс, царствовал	Alternative translation: “This king named Ahasuerus ruled”
9	EST	1	1	qwe5	writing-background	מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ	1	от Индии и до Ефиопии	Областью называется пространная территория, являющаяся частью какого-либо государства. Страны делятся на области для более эффективного управления государством.
10	EST	1	1	qwe7	writing-background	שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה	1	над ста двадцатью семью областями	The number is given to show what a large empire this was. You could say that explicitly by saying, “Ahasuerus ruled a very large empire that had 127 provinces.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
11	EST	1	1	qwe8	translate-numbers	שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה	1	над ста двадцатью семью областями	Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty-seven provinces” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12	EST	1	2	dk31	figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת…עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	когда сидел… на троне своего царства	Here, the action of sitting on a throne is used figuratively to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13	EST	1	2	qwe9	figs-abstractnouns	עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	на троне своего царства	Сесть на трон - значит “получить власть”. Альтернативный перевод: “стал правителем империи” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
14	EST	1	2	hgm3	translate-names	בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן	1	в Сузах	Город Сузы был столицей Персии (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
15	EST	1	2	qwr1	translate-unknown	הַ⁠בִּירָֽה	1	крепости	Столица древнего государства часто предствляла собой крепость.
16	EST	1	3	ry7m	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ	1	на третий год своего царствования	This means that Ahasuerus had already ruled for two full years and that these events took place in the year that followed them. Alternate translation: “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled his empire” or “after he had ruled for two years” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
17	EST	1	3	qwr3	figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ	1	на третий год своего царствования	Reign is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate it with a verb by saying, “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18	EST	1	3	qwr5		עָשָׂ֣ה מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה	1	он сделал пир	Alternative translation: “he hosted a feast”
19	EST	1	3	prm1	figs-synecdoche	חֵ֣יל ׀ פָּרַ֣ס וּ⁠מָדַ֗י	1	войско Персии и Мидии	This likely refers to the leaders of the army. It is describing a part of the army by referring to the whole army. Alternate translation: “the officers of the army” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
20	EST	1	3	qwr7		הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֛ים	1	сановники	This probably means something like “the wealthy landowners.”
21	EST	1	3	jdr3	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו	1	были перед ним	Face figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22	EST	1	4	qwr9	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶת־עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	когда он показывал богатство великолепия своего царства	Эти два выражения синонимичны и употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, насколько великим было царство Артаксеркса. Альтернативный перевод: “несметные богатсва своего царства” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23	EST	1	4	qet1	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	когда он показывал	He refers to the king. The implication is that he held this banquet to show all of his officials how wealthy and powerful he was. The invited officials would then go back to all the different parts of the empire and tell everyone this. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus wanted to demonstrate to his guests” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24	EST	1	4	m8xa	figs-doublet	עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	богатство великолепия своего царства	The words wealth and glory have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize how great his kingdom was. Alternate translation: “the great wealth of his kingdom” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
25	EST	1	4	qet3	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ…וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑⁠וֹ	1	когда он показывал… и честь славы своего величия	You can translate the abstract nouns splendor, beauty, and greatness as adjectives. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … that he was a very powerful king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26	EST	1	4	lun5	figs-doublet	יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑⁠וֹ	1	честь славы своего величия	The words splendor and beauty have similar meaning and emphasize how great he was. Alternate translation: “the splendor of his greatness” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
27	EST	1	4	qet5	figs-explicit	יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֔ים שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	много дней — сто восемьдесят дней	This was a very long time for a royal feast to last. The earlier part of the verse provides the reason for this. To make the connection explicit, you could add some explanatory words to the verse like this: “Ahasuerus entertained his guests fabulously because he wanted to demonstrate that his empire was extremely wealthy and that he was a very powerful king. He did so many things for them that the festivities lasted for six months.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28	EST	1	4	x1v6	translate-numbers	שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	сто восемьдесят дней	Six months is about 180 days or about half a year. You can use whatever expression will best express this time period in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
29	EST	1	5	ue3x	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠מְל֣וֹאת ׀ הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	А по завершении этих дней	This implies “at the end of that feast.” You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after those 180 days were over” or “at the end of those six months” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30	EST	1	5	fv9y	translate-numbers	עָשָׂ֣ה הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ…מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה	1	сделал царь… пир	This was a second feast that the king hosted. He likely did this to thank the people who had worked so hard in hosting the first feast. You could say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
31	EST	1	5	mj16	translate-unknown	בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֨ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֜ה	1	в Сузах, крепости	The expression in this case seems to refer specifically to the royal citadel from which the city got its name. This second feast would not have been for everyone in the entire city. It was specifically for the people who served the king in the citadel and who had worked so hard over the previous six months hosting the first feast. Alternate translation: “for every man who worked for him in the palace at Susa” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
32	EST	1	5	qet7	figs-idiom	הַ⁠נִּמְצְאִים֩	1	находившемуся	Here, found is an idiom that means could be found or were there. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33	EST	1	5	qet9	figs-activepassive	הַ⁠נִּמְצְאִים֩	1	находившемуся	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who worked for him in” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34	EST	1	5	qey1	figs-merism	לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּ֧דוֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָ֛ן	1	от большого до малого	The person telling this story is referring to the staff of the palace by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the most important and the least important people who worked there, in order to include everyone in between. You could just explain this meaning, as UST does. Alternate translation: “from the most important official to the least important servant” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
35	EST	1	5	qey3		שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים	1	семь дней	Alternate translation: “another feast that lasted seven days” The story does not suggest that this was an unusually long time by saying, “for many days.” But you could also say something like “a whole week” to show that this was a generous gesture of thanks on the part of the king.
36	EST	1	6	qey5	translate-unknown	ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּ⁠תְכֵ֗לֶת	1	белые льняные и голубые ткани	These linens were curtains that were hung in the courtyard. Cotton refers to the white color of some of them. So this means white and blue curtains. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37	EST	1	6	qey7		ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּ⁠תְכֵ֗לֶת	1	белые льняные и голубые ткани	You can specify at the beginning of this verse that the location being described is the same as in the previous verse: “In the courtyard, white and blue curtains.”
38	EST	1	6	qey9	translate-unknown	בְּ⁠חַבְלֵי־ב֣וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן	1	виссонными и фиолетовыми шнурами	Byssus means “white linen” and it is used to describe the white color of some of these cords. So this means white and purple cords. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39	EST	1	6	qru1	figs-explicit	מִטּ֣וֹת ׀ זָהָ֣ב וָ⁠כֶ֗סֶף	1	золотые и серебряные ложа	You can specify that these couches were there for the guests to recline on while they ate. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40	EST	1	6	asn4	translate-unknown	רִֽצְפַ֥ת	1	помосте	This word probably refers to a mosaic floor made of inlaid pieces of colorful precious stones.<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41	EST	1	6	eyi2	translate-unknown	בַּהַט	1	камней зелёного цвета	This is a kind of red and purple stone that contains pieces of crystal. You could call it “feldspar” or something descriptive like “red marble.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
42	EST	1	6	qru3	translate-unknown	וָ⁠שֵׁ֖שׁ	1	и белого мрамора	This is a white precious stone. You could identify it as “alabaster.” Alternatively, while it is not exactly the same thing as marble, your readers would get the right idea if you called it “white marble.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
43	EST	1	6	qru5	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סֹחָֽרֶת	1	и чёрного мрамора	This word probably refers to a black marble that was used to create borders around mosaics. You could call this “black marble,” or you could just say that the floor contained “another precious stone.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
44	EST	1	7	urm7	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הַשְׁקוֹת֙	1	и напитки	The abstract noun serving refers to how the drinks were served at the banquet. You can translate it with a verb by saying, “The attendants served wine.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
45	EST	1	7	qru7		וְ⁠כֵלִ֖ים מִ⁠כֵּלִ֣ים שׁוֹנִ֑ים	1	а сосуды от сосудов отличались	This could mean that “no two of them were alike.” But you could also just say that the wine was served in “various kinds of golden cups.”
46	EST	1	7	r6ec	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	и царского вина много, по щедрой руке царя	This means that King Ahasuerus himself paid for all the wine that the guests drank at his seven-day feast in Susa, and the wine came from his personal supply. Alternate translation: “the king was very generous with the royal wine” or “the king showed a great willingness to give” or “the king provided all of it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47	EST	1	7	qru9	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	и царского вина много, по щедрой руке царя	This probably means special fine wine that only the king could acquire and afford. You can translate the abstract noun royalty with an adjective. Alternate translation: “royal wine” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
48	EST	1	7	wpq1	figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	по щедрой руке царя	Here, hand refers figuratively to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49	EST	1	8	qtu1	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁתִיָּ֥ה כַ⁠דָּ֖ת	1	И питьё по закону	The abstract noun drinking refers here not to the action of drinking, but to the guidelines for serving drinks that the king had established for the banquet. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus had established this rule for all his household attendants who served the wine” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50	EST	1	8	g5gu	figs-explicit	אֵ֣ין אֹנֵ֑ס	1	никто не принуждал	никто никого не заставлял пить (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51	EST	1	8	f6px	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּ⁠רְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	потому что так царь поручил всем управляющим его дома, чтобы делали по желанию каждого	То есть Артаксеркс приказал своим слугам давать гостям столько вина, сколько они сами пожелают. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
52	EST	1	8	qtu3		לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּ⁠רְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	чтобы делали по желанию каждого	Alternate translation: “the king wanted every guest to be able to drink as much as he wanted” or “all the guests could drink as little or as much as they wanted”
53	EST	1	8	jdr5	figs-idiom	אִישׁ־וָ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	каждого	This is an idiom that means “everyone.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54	EST	1	9	qtu5	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	גַּ֚ם	1	Также	This introduces something else that was happening at the same time. You can indicate this by saying something like “during this time.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
55	EST	1	9	qtu7	writing-participants	וַשְׁתִּ֣י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה	1	Астинь, царица	You can explain that she was the wife of Ahasuerus by saying, “Queen Vashti, the king’s wife” or “his wife.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
56	EST	1	9	qtu9	translate-names	וַשְׁתִּ֣י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה	1	Астинь, царица	This is a woman’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter and the next one. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57	EST	1	9	qti1		מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה נָשִׁ֑ים	1	пир для женщин	This could mean the women who served in the palace, the wives of the men who were officers and servants, or both. You could say, “a feast for the wives of the men who attended” or “for the women who worked in the palace.”
58	EST	1	9	qti3		בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ	1	царского дома, которые у царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translation: “the royal palace where King Ahasuerus lived”
59	EST	1	9	qti5	figs-abstractnouns	בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת	1	царского дома	You can translate the abstract noun royalty with the adjective royal. Alternate translation: “royal palace” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
60	EST	1	10	jv7z	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	На седьмой день	Alternate translation: “after six days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
61	EST	1	10	le6l	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠ט֥וֹב לֵב־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠יָּ֑יִן	1	когда развеселилось сердце царя от вина	Here, heart figuratively means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
62	EST	1	10	dcb2	translate-names	לִ֠⁠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַ⁠אֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְ⁠כַרְכַּ֔ס	1	Мегуману, Бизфе, Харбоне, Бигфе и Авагфе, Зефару и Каркасу	Это мужские имена (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
63	EST	1	10	ens5	translate-unknown	הַ⁠סָּ֣רִיסִ֔ים	1	евнухам	This term occurs a dozen times in the story. It describes male royal officials who served as guardians for the women who lived in the palace. They were both guardians of the door, to keep unwanted people out of the women’s quarters, and guardians of the women inside, to take care of them and look after their needs. (As we learn in 2:21, some of these officials also protected the king’s private quarters.) As we see here, and as will also be seen in 2:14 and 2:16, their duties included escorting women from place to place. The term likely indicates that, in keeping with the practices of the time, these men were castrated because their work brought them into such close contact with the king’s wives and concubines. If your language has a term for such an official and you think your readers would recognize it, you can use it. Otherwise, you can use a term that describes the role that these officials played in the royal court. Alternate translation: “guardians” or “officials” or “castrated servants” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
64	EST	1	10	qti7	writing-background	הַ⁠מְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ	1	служившим перед царём Артаксерксом	This is background information to explain who these men were. Alternate translation: “who attended him personally” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
65	EST	1	10	jdr7	figs-metonymy	פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ	1	перед царём	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66	EST	1	11	qti9	figs-explicit	לְ֠⁠הָבִיא	1	привести	This is the beginning of the instructions that King Ahasuerus gave to the seven eunuchs he summoned in verse 10. You can make this explicit by saying, “He told them to bring.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
67	EST	1	11	jdr9	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	к царю	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
68	EST	1	11	asd1	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת	1	в царской короне	You can translate the abstract noun royalty with an adjective by saying, “wearing her royal crown.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
69	EST	1	11	asd3	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת	1	в царской короне	Ahasuerus likely wanted Vashti to wear her queen’s crown so that everyone would know that she was his wife. You could say that explicitly. (For the possible reasons why he wanted them to know this, see the next note.) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
70	EST	1	11	asd5	writing-background	לְ⁠הַרְא֨וֹת הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֤ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ אֶת־יָפְיָ֔⁠הּ	1	чтобы показать народам и правителям её красоту	Everything Ahasuerus did at his banquets was to show how rich and powerful he was. He seems to have believed that having a very beautiful wife was one more thing that proved he was a great man. So he wanted everyone to see how beautiful Vashti was. You can put this second in the verse, after explaining that Vashti was a very beautiful woman, because it accounts for what happens afterwards, when the king sends his seven personal servants to bring her in to his banquet. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
71	EST	1	11	asd7		הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֤ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙	1	народам и правителям	This might mean “his guests, especially the officials.”
72	EST	1	11	asd9	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא	1	потому что она была хороша видом	If it would be clearer in your language, you can place this first in the verse because it is the reason that explains everything else that happens afterward in the verse. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
73	EST	1	11	qvk4	figs-idiom	כִּֽי־טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא	1	потому что она была хороша видом	Alternate translation: “she was very beautiful” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
74	EST	1	12	asf1	figs-events	וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙	1	Но отказалась царица Астинь приходить	You can put the events in chronological order and say first that the eunuchs told Vashti what the king had commanded and then say that she refused to come. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
75	EST	1	12	asf3	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙	1	Но отказалась царица Астинь приходить	If your language needs to give a reason why she refused, it is most likely because she did not want a group of drunken men staring at her lustfully. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76	EST	1	12	b57q		בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	по приказу царя	Alternate translation: “at the king’s command” or “what the king wanted”
77	EST	1	12	asf5	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים	1	был передан через евнухов	Here, hand refers figuratively to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
78	EST	1	12	kp6p	translate-unknown	הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים	1	евнухов	See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
79	EST	1	12	asf7	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֤ף הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ מְאֹ֔ד וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ	1	И разгневался царь очень сильно, и в нём разгорелась ярость	These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. You could combine them as UST does by saying, “The king became so angry that he could barely contain himself.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
80	EST	1	12	bsd5	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ	1	и в нём разгорелась ярость	Here the story uses a metaphor that pictures the king’s anger as a fire that burned inside of him. If your language has a different word picture that it uses to describe extreme anger, you can use that here. If not, you can translate plainly, “his anger continued to increase.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81	EST	1	13	asf9		לַ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים	1	мудрецам	This means the king’s advisors. You could call them “his advisors” or “the royal advisors.”
82	EST	1	13	g9fe		יֹדְעֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִתִּ֑ים	1	знающим времена	This means something like “who knew the right way to do things” or “who understood the culture.”
83	EST	1	13	x2u7	writing-background	כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	потому что так поступал царь	Это дополнительная информация, раскрывающая причину, по которой царь созвал мудрецов (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
84	EST	1	13	adf1	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	потому что так поступал царь	You can place this first in the verse if it would be clearer in your language to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
85	EST	1	13	jd11	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י	1	перед	Here, face refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
86	EST	1	13	adf3		יֹדְעֵ֖י דָּ֥ת וָ⁠דִֽין	1	знающими закон и суд	This means that these advisors knew the law and knew how to make good decisions in light of it.
87	EST	1	14	adf5		וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	а приближёнными к нему были	Alternate translation: “the king’s closest advisors”
88	EST	1	14	cc44	translate-names	כַּרְשְׁנָ֤א שֵׁתָר֙ אַדְמָ֣תָא תַרְשִׁ֔ישׁ מֶ֥רֶס מַרְסְנָ֖א מְמוּכָ֑ן	1	Каршена, Шефар, Адмафа, Фарсис, Мерес, Марсена, Мемухан	Это мужские имена (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
89	EST	1	14	jd13	figs-idiom	רֹאֵי֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	видящие лицо царя	To see the face of is an idiom that means to be in the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would regularly and personally consult with these seven advisors. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
90	EST	1	14	adf7	figs-metaphor	הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֥ים רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה בַּ⁠מַּלְכֽוּת	1	сидящие первыми в царстве	Here, sitting represents ruling or judging. The expression here means that these were the most powerful officials in the empire. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91	EST	1	15	j6sh	figs-explicit	כְּ⁠דָת֙ מַֽה־לַּ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים	1	По закону что надо сделать с царицей Астинь за то, что она не выполнила приказ царя Артаксеркса, переданного через евнухов	This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92	EST	1	15	ics9		כְּ⁠דָת֙…עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר	1	По закону… за то, что	Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because …?”
93	EST	1	15	adf9	figs-events	בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים	1	переданного через евнухов	To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
94	EST	1	15	jd15	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים	1	переданного через евнухов	Here, hand figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95	EST	1	15	adg1	translate-unknown	הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים	1	евнухов	See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
96	EST	1	16	adg3	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	И сказал Мемухан перед царём	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
97	EST	1	16	yqr8	figs-hyperbole	כָּל־הָ֣⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֕ר בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ	1	всех народов, которые по всем областям царя	Область - это пространная териитория, входящая в состав какого-либо госудасртва. Страна делится на области для более эффективного управления. См., как вы перевели данное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
98	EST	1	16	ss5y	translate-names	מְמוּכָ֗ן	1	Мемухан	See how you translated this man’s name in [1:14](../01/14.md).<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
99	EST	1	16	adg5	figs-123person	הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ	1	царя Артаксеркса	Memukan speaks of the king in third person as a form of respect. If you want to portray him as speaking primarily to the king because he is answering the king’s question, you could have him say, “in all the provinces that you rule” or “every person who lives in your entire empire.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
100	EST	1	17	jd17	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	потому что	This introduces the reason why Memukan says that Queen Vashti has done wrong against all the men in the kingdom and not only against King Ahasuerus. To show that, you can begin with “This is what will happen.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
101	EST	1	17	gn4g	figs-hyperbole	יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים	1	дело царицы дойдёт до всех женщин	To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
102	EST	1	17	jd19	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ן	1	так что их мужья станут презренными в их глазах	Here, eyes stand for seeing, and seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103	EST	1	17	adg7	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אָמְרָ֗⁠ם הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה	1	когда скажут они: “Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла”	The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104	EST	1	17	adg9	grammar-connect-logic-result	הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה	1	Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла	The women will stop respecting their husbands after they hear about this. You can put this report about what Queen Vashti did first, before “women will stop respecting their husbands,” because it is the reason that explains that result. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
105	EST	1	17	jd21	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	к нему	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
106	EST	1	18	afg1		וְֽ⁠הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה	1	И в этот день	Alternate translation: “even today” or “even this very day”
107	EST	1	18	afg3		שָׂר֣וֹת פָּֽרַס־וּ⁠מָדַ֗י	1	княгини Персии и Мидии	It becomes clear later in the verse that Memukan is speaking of the wives of the king’s officials, and you could communicate that here by saying, “the wives of the officials who govern Persia and Media.” But the term “noblewomen” indicates that they also had high status of their own, so you could also call them “the leading women of Persia and Media.”
108	EST	1	18	afg5		דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה	1	деле царицы	Alternate translation: “what the queen has done”
109	EST	1	18	afg7		תֹּאמַ֣רְנָה	1	скажут	This means that they will “talk back” or “disobey.” Alternate translation: “refuse to obey”
110	EST	1	18	afg9	figs-explicit	לְ⁠כֹ֖ל שָׂרֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	всем правителям царя	This means the husbands of the noblewomen. The implication may be, “They will disobey their husbands even though they are officials of the king.” You could say that explicitly, as UST does. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
111	EST	1	18	u6d7		וּ⁠כְ⁠דַ֖י בִּזָּי֥וֹן וָ⁠קָֽצֶף	1	и будет много пренебрежения и гнева	This could mean either that they will treat their husbands with disrespect, and this will make their “husbands angry with them” or that “they will be angry with their husbands and treat them with contempt.”
112	EST	1	18	afh1	figs-explicit	וּ⁠כְ⁠דַ֖י	1	и будет много	This could mean that the husbands will be as furious “as much as they can bear.” But you could also say, “That will be bad enough by itself, even if the news does not spread any farther.” If you think that is the meaning, you can say that explicitly, as UST does. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
113	EST	1	19	afh3	figs-idiom	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	This is an idiom that means “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is pleasing to the king.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
114	EST	1	19	d8qk	figs-123person	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it pleases you” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
115	EST	1	19	jd25	figs-metonymy	יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	пусть выйдет от него царское слово	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
116	EST	1	19	afh5	figs-abstractnouns	דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙	1	царское слово	You can translate the abstract noun royalty with the adjective “royal.” Alternate translation: “royal decree” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
117	EST	1	19	jd23	figs-123person	מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	от него	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
118	EST	1	19	afh7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִכָּתֵ֛ב	1	и пусть будет вписано	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “you should write a decree yourself” or “command your scribes to write a decree” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
119	EST	1	19	mh1a		וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֑וֹר	1	и… отменится… не	Alternate translation: “these laws never become invalid” or “can never be changed”
120	EST	1	19	jd27	figs-123person	תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	входила… к царю	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “never come into your presence again” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
121	EST	1	19	jd29	figs-metonymy	תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	входила… к царю	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122	EST	1	19	jd31	figs-123person	וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙ יִתֵּ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠רְעוּתָ֖⁠הּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	и чтобы её царский титул царь передал другой, которая лучше её	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You can show the same meaning with a verb that addresses a singular “you” and indicates that Memukan is offering advice, not giving a command when he say, “choose another woman to be queen.” Alternate translation: “the king can give her position as queen to some other woman” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
123	EST	1	19	afh9	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙	1	и… её царский титул	You can translate the abstract noun royalty with an expression such as “her royal position” or “her position as queen.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
124	EST	1	19	afj1	figs-explicit	הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	которая лучше её	Memukan means that the next queen should be “better than” Vashti by obeying all of the king’s commands. You could say this explicitly, as UST does. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
125	EST	1	20	v9l3	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִשְׁמַע֩ פִּתְגָ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ	1	И будет объявлено постановление царя	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when everyone … hears” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
126	EST	1	20	des3	figs-123person	פִּתְגָ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ	1	постановление царя	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person: “When they hear what you have commanded.” Alternate translation: “when they hear the king’s decree” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
127	EST	1	20	jd33	figs-explicit	אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	которое он сделает по всему его царству	Even though the decree of Ahasuerus applied only to Vashti directly, implicitly it meant that all wives had to obey their husbands or else their husbands could banish and divorce them as well. You can say this explicitly at the end of the verse by saying, “because if any wife disobeys her husband, he can banish and divorce her, just as you<br>did to Vashti.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128	EST	1	20	afj3	figs-123person	מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	его царству	Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “for all your kingdom” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
129	EST	1	20	p8nz		כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה הִ֑יא	1	хоть оно и велико	Alternate translation: “even though your empire is very large”
130	EST	1	20	afj5		הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֗ים יִתְּנ֤וּ יְקָר֙ לְ⁠בַעְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן	1	жёны будут отдавать честь своим мужьям	Alternate translation: “women will respect and obey their husbands”
131	EST	1	20	be9r	figs-merism	לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָֽן	1	от большого до малого	This expression figuratively refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
132	EST	1	21	afj7	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	И было хорошо это слово в глазах царя	Like “if it is good to the king” in verse 19, this is an idiom that means the king thought this was a good idea or this advice pleased the king. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133	EST	1	21	afj9	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֑ים	1	в глазах царя и правителей	Here, eyes stand for for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus and all the officials who heard Memukan’s advice thought that his suggestion was a good idea. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134	EST	1	21	agj1		וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מְמוּכָֽן	1	и сделал царь по слову Мемухана	This means that King Ahasuerus wrote a law proclaiming what Memukan had suggested.
135	EST	1	21	p5us	translate-names	מְמוּכָֽן	1	Мемухана	Translate his name as in [1:14](../01/14.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
136	EST	1	22	agj3		וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח סְפָרִים֙ אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	И послал он письма во все области царя	He means King Ahasuerus. This is saying that the king sent letters to every province in his empire.
137	EST	1	22	jd37	figs-idiom	מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙	1	в каждую область	Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели это понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
138	EST	1	22	agj5		כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ	1	на её письменности	Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
139	EST	1	22	jd39	figs-idiom	עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	и к каждому народу	This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
140	EST	1	22	jd41	figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	на его языке	Here, tongue figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141	EST	1	22	jj9n		לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ	1	чтобы каждый муж был управляющим в своём доме	This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
142	EST	1	22	jd43	figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	на языке своего народа	Here, tongue figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143	EST	1	22	agj7	figs-explicit	כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	на языке своего народа	The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144	EST	2	intro	eb4q			0		# Есфирь 02 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Есфирь становится царицей<br><br>Есфирь смиренно приняла советы евнухов о том, как ей одеться для встречи с царём, и Артаксеркс выбрал её в качестве новой царицы.<br><br>#### Мардохей раскрывает заговор, составленный против царя<br><br>Мардохей - двоюродный брат Есфири - узнал о том, что два человека составили заговор, чтобы убить царя. Он сообщил об этом Есфири, а она, в свою очередь, передала слова Мардохея царю. О заслуге Мардохея было записано в книгу царских дневных записей.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) \| [>>](../03/intro.md)__
145	EST	2	1	dpc3	writing-newevent	אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	После этих событий	В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146	EST	2	1	e4lp		כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	когда утих гнев царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
147	EST	2	1	agj9		זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙	1	он вспомнил об Астинь	This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
148	EST	2	1	xpt9	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֔תָה וְ⁠אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	что она сделала, и о том, что было решено против неё	This refers to Vashti’s refusal to obey Ahasuerus, and to the decision he made in [1:21](../01/21.md) that she could never come into his presence again. This could actually mean that when he thought about Vashti and what she had done, he regretted the decision that he had made about her. But there was nothing he could do to bring her back because the laws of the empire could not be changed. You could explain all or some of this in your translation, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149	EST	2	1	agk1	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	что было решено против неё	You can say this with an active form, and you can say that the king performed the action. Alternate translation: “what he had decided” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
150	EST	2	2	agk3	translate-unknown	נַעֲרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מְשָׁרְתָ֑י⁠ו	1	молодые слуги царя, служившие ему	These were not the older, wiser royal advisors whom Ahasuerus consulted in [1:13](../01/13.md), but younger men who stood nearby the king ready to help with any practical needs. You could call them his personal servants. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
151	EST	2	2	agk5	figs-explicit	יְבַקְשׁ֥וּ לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ נְעָר֥וֹת	1	Пусть поищут для царя молодых	Implicit in this suggestion is the idea, “You should get a new wife for yourself.” You can say that explicitly at the beginning of the advice that the young men gave to the king. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
152	EST	2	2	s4hv	writing-participants	יְבַקְשׁ֥וּ	1	Пусть поищут	Them refers to the servants that the king would send to do this. If this is unclear, you can say “servants” or “your servants.” Be sure to express this in a form that shows that it is a not a command but a respectful suggestion such as “You could send some men Alternate translation: “to look for” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
153	EST	2	2	abt8	figs-123person	לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ	1	для царя	The young men speak to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternatively, you could have them say “for yourself” or “on your behalf” if that would be clear but also respectful in your language (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
154	EST	2	2	jd45	figs-idiom	טוֹב֥וֹת מַרְאֶֽה	1	приятной внешности	As in 1:11, this is an idiom that means very beautiful. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
155	EST	2	3	g9vp	figs-123person	וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֨ד הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	и пусть назначит царь	The young men speak to the king in third person as a sign of respect. Alternatively, you could have them say “you could appoint” in a respectful way (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
156	EST	2	3	jd47	figs-idiom	טוֹבַ֨ת מַרְאֶ֜ה	1	приятной внешности	As in 1:11, this is an idiom that means very beautiful. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
157	EST	2	3	xqf9	translate-unknown	שׁוּשַׁ֤ן הַ⁠בִּירָה֙	1	Сузы, крепость	In this context, this expression probably means “to the palace here in Susa.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
158	EST	2	3	j4ka		בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים	1	дом женщин	This means the harem for virgins, the place where the young women would live and receive beauty treatments before they were taken to the king (see verses 13 and 14).
159	EST	2	3	d754	figs-activepassive	אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	в подчинение Гегая — царского евнуха, смотрителя женщин	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let Hegai, the king’s official, who is in charge of the women, take care of them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
160	EST	2	3	jd49	figs-metaphor	יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א	1	в подчинение Гегая	Here, hand is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. Alternate translation: “under the custody of Hegai” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	EST	2	3	lf71	translate-names	הֵגֶ֛א	1	Гегая	This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
162	EST	2	3	jd51	figs-123person	סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	царского евнуха	The servants spoke to the king in third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “your eunuch” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
163	EST	2	3	agk7	translate-unknown	סְרִ֥יס	1	евнуха	See how you translated this term in 1:10. Alternate translation: “the official of” or “the administrator of” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
164	EST	2	3	agk9		שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	смотрителя женщин	Alternate translation: “who is in charge of the women who live there.”
165	EST	2	3	w1ly	translate-unknown	תַּמְרוּקֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	им притиранья	This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
166	EST	2	4	jd53	figs-123person	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	и девушка, которая будет хороша в глазах царя	Слуги обращаются к царю в третьем лице для выражения почтения. Можно сказать: “которая тебе понравится” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
167	EST	2	4	lh3n	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י	1	в глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168	EST	2	4	jd55	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	И хорошо было это слово в глазах царя	Here, eyes have the same figurative meaning. The phrase indicates that King Ahasuerus thought that this suggestion was a good idea. Alternate translation: “The king found their suggestion appealing” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
169	EST	2	4	zxc1		וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ כֵּֽן	1	и он так и сделал	Alternate translation: “so he followed the suggestion”
170	EST	2	5	h6z2	writing-participants	אִ֣ישׁ יְהוּדִ֔י	1	один человек, иудей	В повествовании появляется новое действующее лицо - Мардохей (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
171	EST	2	5	uu9i	translate-unknown	בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֑ה	1	В Сузах, крепости	Here the phrase likely indicates the city rather than the palace, that is, the capital city of Susa. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
172	EST	2	5	zxc3	translate-names	מָרְדֳּכַ֗י	1	Мардохей	This is a man’s name. It occurs many times throughout the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
173	EST	2	5	q2rz	translate-names	בֶּ֣ן יָאִ֧יר בֶּן־שִׁמְעִ֛י בֶּן־קִ֖ישׁ	1	сын Иаира, сын Семея, сын Киса	These are men’s names. Jair, Shimei, and Kish are Mordecai’s male ancestors. You could say, “Mordecai was the son of Jair, who was the son of Shimei, who was the son of Kish,” or see the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
174	EST	2	5	kw5t		אִ֥ישׁ יְמִינִֽי	1	вениамитянин	While this likely refers to Kish, it is necessarily also true of Mordecai, and you could put it second in the verse. That way Mordecai’s nationality would come first, then his tribe, and then his family and clan. Alternate translation: “from the tribe of Benjamin”
175	EST	2	6	zxc5	writing-background	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם עִם־הַ⁠גֹּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָגְלְתָ֔ה עִ֖ם יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֖ר מֶ֥לֶךְ בָּבֶֽל	1	который был переселён из Иерусалима с пленниками, которые были переселены с Иехонией, царём Иуды, которых переселил Навуходоносор, царь Вавилона	Здесь говорится о том, как Мардохей оказался в Сузах. Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “Навуходоносор - царь Вавилона - переселил его вместе с другими пленниками, выведенными с иудейским царём Иехонией” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
176	EST	2	6	z7fe	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם	1	который был переселён из Иерусалима	В оригинальном тексте неясно, о ком именно идёт речь. Возможно, имеется в виду Кис - прадед Мардохея. Если здесь говорится о Мардохее, тогда ко времени воцарения Есфири он должен был быть очень стар. Многие современные версии не дают никаких пояснений, однако в некоторых из них, в том числе и в английской UDB предполагается, что речь всё-таки идёт о Мардохее, переселённом из Иерусалима. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177	EST	2	6	egm7	writing-background	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם	1	который был переселён из Иерусалима	You can bring this information forward from later in the verse because it provides background information that helps identify Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
178	EST	2	6	zxc7	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם	1	который был переселён из Иерусалима	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought the people that he took away from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “had taken Kish away from Jerusalem … and brought him to Babylon.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179	EST	2	6	zxc9	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	עִ֖ם	1	с	This means that the two things happened at the same time. You can indicate this with a phrase like “at the same time that he took.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
180	EST	2	6	ch1t	translate-names	יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	Иехонией, царём Иуды	In the historical passage where this event is described (2 Kings 24:8–17), this king is called Jehoiachin. That was another name by which he was known. You can call him Jehoiachin here in Esther if you think that would help your readers recognize him better. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
181	EST	2	6	zxv1	translate-names	אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֖ר מֶ֥לֶךְ בָּבֶֽל	1	которых переселил Навуходоносор, царь Вавилона	You can say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought this king when he took him away from Jerusalem. For example, you can say, “Nebuchadnezzar … took King Jehoiachin of Judah away from Jerusalem and brought him to Babylon.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
182	EST	2	7	zxv3		וַ⁠יְהִ֨י	1	И он был	The story now returns to talking about Mordecai. If it is helpful for your readers, you can specify his name, saying, “Now, Mordecai.”
183	EST	2	7	hfm9		בַּת־דֹּד֔⁠וֹ	1	дочь его дяди	If your language has a specific term for this relationship, you can use it. For example, you can say, “his cousin.” Alternate translation: “his uncle’s daughter”
184	EST	2	7	m9kx	translate-names	הֲדַסָּ֗ה הִ֤יא אֶסְתֵּר֙	1	Гадассы, она же Есфирь	Here the story is indicating that this woman’s Hebrew name was Hadassah and her Persian name was Esther. You could say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
185	EST	2	7	zxv7	translate-names	אֶסְתֵּר֙	1	Есфирь	This is a woman’s name. It occurs many times throughout the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
186	EST	2	7	ccb1		אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ אָ֣ב וָ⁠אֵ֑ם	1	не было у неё отца и матери	You could say simply that “she was an orphan,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “both her father and mother had died”
187	EST	2	7	jd59	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֤ה יְפַת־תֹּ֨אַר֙ וְ⁠טוֹבַ֣ת מַרְאֶ֔ה	1	и у этой девушки была красивая фигура и приятная внешность	These two phrases mean something similar. Separately, they could be saying that Esther was both sexually mature and very attractive. But taken together, they mean that, overall, she was very pleasant to look at. You could combine them, as UST does, and say that she was “exceptionally attractive” Alternate translation: “she had a lovely body and a beautiful face” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
188	EST	2	7	skt5	writing-background	וּ⁠בְ⁠מ֤וֹת אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ לְקָחָ֧⁠הּ מָרְדֳּכַ֛י ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַֽת	1	и после смерти её отца и матери взял её Мардохей себе как дочь	This is background information explaining the relationship between Mordecai and Esther. You can move it to right after the place where Esther is introduced by name because it describes what happened in the past, before Esther became a beautiful young woman. Alternate translation: “after her father and her mother had died, Mordecai had adopted her as his own daughter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
189	EST	2	8	zxv9	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י	1	И было	After providing this background information about Mordecai and Esther in verses 5–7, the story now tells what happened as a result of these facts, when the provincial officers described in verse 3 began sending young women to the harem. That is, the story tells what happened to Esther because her family was living in the Persian empire and she was very attractive. Use your language’s way of showing that the events are now moving forward after giving background information. Alternate translation: “and so this is what happened” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
190	EST	2	8	zcv1	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠דָת֔⁠וֹ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת	1	когда объявили приказ царя и его указание, и когда были собраны многие девушки	This indicates that two actions took place at the same time. You should indicate this with a phrase like “at the same time.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
191	EST	2	8	zcv3	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠דָת֔⁠וֹ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת	1	когда объявили приказ царя и его указание, и когда были собраны многие девушки	Здесь также можно употребить действительный залог: “слуги царя собрали большое количество девушек” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
192	EST	2	8	c52i		דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	приказ царя	This refers to King Ahasuerus banishing Queen Vashti from his presence.
193	EST	2	8	zcv5		וְ⁠דָת֔⁠וֹ	1	и его указание	This refers to King Ahasuerus commanding that men would have complete authority over their wives.
194	EST	2	8	zcv7	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע	1	когда объявили	You could also say where they did this action. Alternate translation: “Messengers went throughout the empire and proclaimed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
195	EST	2	8	m3ld	figs-activepassive	וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת	1	и когда были собраны многие девушки	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
196	EST	2	8	jd65	translate-unknown	שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֖ה	1	Сузы, крепость	Here again, this likely means “the capital city of Susa.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
197	EST	2	8	mbk1	figs-metaphor	אֶל־יַ֣ד הֵגָ֑י	1	в подчинение Гегая	Here, hand is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. You could say that the officers “put them under the custody of Hegai” or that “Hegai began to take care of them.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
198	EST	2	8	zcv9	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע…וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ…וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח	1	И было: когда объявили… и когда были собраны… тогда взяли	This means that Esther was brought to the harem of King Ahaserus at the same time as other young women were also being brought to the harem. You can say, “they brought Esther at the same time” or “they also brought Esther.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
199	EST	2	8	n3zc	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח	1	тогда взяли	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they brought Esther” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
200	EST	2	8	zcb1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח	1	тогда взяли	You can explain why this happened. For example, you can say, “Because Esther was exceptionally attractive, the officers also brought her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
201	EST	2	8	zcb3		בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	дом царя	Alternate translation: “the king’s palace”
202	EST	2	8	jd71	figs-metaphor	אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגַ֖י שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים	1	в подчинение Гегая, смотрителя женщин	As earlier in this verse, this means under the custody of Hegai or that Hegai also began to take care of her. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203	EST	2	8	zcb5	writing-background	שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים	1	смотрителя женщин	This means that Hegai took care of the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could move this information to earlier in the verse when Hegai is first mentioned because it explains why the young women were brought to him. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
204	EST	2	9	zcb7		וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒	1	И была хороша эта девушка в его глазах, и приобрела у него расположение	This means that Hegai found Esther attractive, and she obtained kindness from him or that Hegai was very impressed with Esther, and she won his favor. In other words, because he was so impressed with her, this made him want to do everything he could to help her. This is background information that explains why Hegai took the actions that are listed next.
205	EST	2	9	zcb9	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮	1	И была хороша эта девушка в его глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that Hegai thought that Esther was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
206	EST	2	9	f8i8		הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה	1	эта девушка	This means Esther. You should make sure that this is clear in your translation.
207	EST	2	9	jd75		בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮	1	в его глазах	Here, his refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
208	EST	2	9	jd77	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒	1	и приобрела у него расположение	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
209	EST	2	9	jd79		לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒	1	у него	Here, his refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
210	EST	2	9	abc1	translate-unknown	תַּמְרוּקֶ֤י⁠הָ	1	её притиранья	Alternate translation: “her beauty treatments,” as in [2:3](../02/03.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
211	EST	2	9	abc2		מָנוֹתֶ֨⁠הָ֙	1	её часть	In context, this likely means that Hegai made sure that Esther was served good food that would keep her healthy.
212	EST	2	9	abc3		שֶׁ֣בַע הַ⁠נְּעָר֔וֹת הָ⁠רְאֻי֥וֹת לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֖⁠הּ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	семь служанок, достойных её, из дома царя	This means that Hegai chose seven female servants from the king’s palace and assigned them to take care of Esther.
213	EST	2	9	abc4		וַ⁠יְשַׁנֶּ֧⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־נַעֲרוֹתֶ֛י⁠הָ	1	и он переместил её и её служанок	Her means Esther, and her young women means the female attendants Hegai assigned to her.
214	EST	2	10	abc6		לֹא־הִגִּ֣ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֶת־עַמָּ֖⁠הּ וְ⁠אֶת־מֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	Есфирь не говорила о своём народе и о своём родстве	This means that Esther had not told anyone this information about herself.
215	EST	2	10	abc7	figs-doublet	אֶת־עַמָּ֖⁠הּ וְ⁠אֶת־מֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	о своём народе и о своём родстве	These two short phrases mean almost the same thing. They are used together to emphasize that Esther followed Mordecai’s instructions exactly. You could combine them, as UST does, and say something like “what people group she was from.” Alternate translation: “Esther did not tell anyone that she was a Jew, and she did not tell anyone who her relatives were” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
216	EST	2	10	abc8	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֧י מָרְדֳּכַ֛י צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	потому что Мардохей приказал ей	This is background information that explains why Esther did not tell anyone about her family or nationality. So you can say this first in the verse if that is clearer in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
217	EST	2	10	abc9		צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	приказал ей	This means that Mordecai had gotten her to promise not to do it.
218	EST	2	11	jd81	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם	1	И каждый день	Alternate translation: “every single day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
219	EST	2	11	abd1		מָרְדֳּכַי֙ מִתְהַלֵּ֔ךְ	1	Мардохей приходил	Express this in the way your language describes an action that someone repeats over and over. For example, you can say, “Mordecai would walk around.”
220	EST	2	11	jd83	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר	1	ко двору	Here, face figuratively means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221	EST	2	11	abd2		בֵּית־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	дома женщин	Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
222	EST	2	11	abd3	grammar-connect-logic-result	לָ⁠דַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	чтобы узнать о здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит	This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. You can place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said, if that would be clearer in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
223	EST	2	11	nz1p		שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר	1	здоровье Есфири	Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
224	EST	2	11	abd4	figs-parallelism	שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит	These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
225	EST	2	12	jcj8	writing-background	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֡יעַ	1	И когда наступала	Verses 12 to 14 are background information about how the virgins who were gathered for the king became his concubines. These verses are not specifically about Esther, but about the women in general. Use your language’s way of letting your readers know that this is background information by using a connecting word or a phrase such as, “This is how virgins became concubines for the king.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
226	EST	2	12	jd85	figs-idiom	נַעֲרָ֨ה וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֜ה	1	каждой девушки	Alternate translation: “each one of the young women” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
227	EST	2	12	abd5	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֡יעַ תֹּר֩…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא ׀ אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ	1	И когда наступала очередь… входить к царю Артаксерксу	Each of these young women was going to have sexual relations with the king and, as a result, legally become one of his concubines, that is, one of his secondary wives. As the story has already explained, he would then choose one of them to become his queen and primary wife. But the king would still provide for each of the concubines for the rest of her life; they would not be free to marry anyone else. This is something that the story’s original audience would have understood implicitly. You can say it explicitly if your readers need this information to understand the story: “Each young woman in the harem, one at a time, was going to have sexual relations with King Ahasuerus and become one of his concubines” or “one of his secondary wives.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228	EST	2	12	p7i5	translate-unknown	כְּ⁠דָ֤ת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙	1	установления для женщин	Here, law probably does not mean a legal decree, but rather a standard regimen that had been developed. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
229	EST	2	12	abd7	writing-background	כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י מְרוּקֵי⁠הֶ֑ן	1	ведь так исполнялись дни их притиранья	This phrase indicates that the story is now going to provide background information on how these treatments were done. It means, “This is how these women would spend the time preparing to go to the king.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
230	EST	2	12	abd8	figs-explicit	שִׁשָּׁ֤ה חֳדָשִׁים֙ בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר	1	шесть месяцев маслом мирра	This means that a woman’s attendants would rub her body with olive oil mixed with myrrh every day for six months. You can explain this in more detail if your readers need this information to understand the story. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
231	EST	2	12	abd9		בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר	1	маслом мирра	This likely means “olive oil mixed with myrrh.”
232	EST	2	12	zhd1	translate-unknown	וּ⁠בְ⁠תַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים	1	и женскими притираньями	This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used figuratively to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
233	EST	2	13	abd0		וּ⁠בָ⁠זֶ֕ה	1	и тогда	Alternate translation: “after a woman’s year of beauty treatments was completed”
234	EST	2	13	abe0	figs-explicit	הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	девушка входила к царю	This means that the young woman would go and have sexual relations with the king and thereby become one of his concubines. If your readers need this information to understand the story, you could explain that here, if you did not do so in verse 12. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
235	EST	2	13	abe1	figs-explicit	כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙	1	Всё, что она требовала, давалось ей	Anything most likely refers to clothing and jewelry. This phrase probably means that a woman could take any of those that she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly by saying, “A young woman could take whatever clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
236	EST	2	13	v133	figs-activepassive	כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙	1	Всё, что она требовала, давалось ей	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she could take whatever she wanted” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
237	EST	2	13	abe3		בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	дом царя	Alternate translation: “the king’s rooms” or “the king’s house” or “the king’s palace”
238	EST	2	14	abe4	figs-explicit	הִ֣יא בָאָ֗ה	1	она входила	She would not walk over on her own. Rather, the king’s servants would come and bring her to the king’s private quarters, in the way that they were told to bring Vashti to the banquet in [1:11](../01/11.md). You can say this explicitly if it would help your readers to understand the story. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
239	EST	2	14	ded5	figs-explicit	וּ֠⁠בַ⁠בֹּקֶר הִ֣יא שָׁבָ֞ה	1	а утром она возвращалась	It is implied that this is the following morning. This information can be made clear. Once again, she would not go on her own. Alternate translation: “the next morning the king’s servants would bring her to” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
240	EST	2	14	lq9h	translate-ordinal	בֵּ֤ית הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ שֵׁנִ֔י	1	другой дом женщин	Alternate translations: “a different house for women” or “the harem for concubines” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
241	EST	2	14	yw63		אֶל־יַ֧ד שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים	1	к рукам Шаазгаза, евнуха царя, смотрителя наложниц	Alternate translation: “where Shaashgaz, the king’s servant in charge of the concubines, would take care of her”
242	EST	2	14	ze74	figs-metaphor	אֶל־יַ֧ד שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים	1	к рукам Шаазгаза, евнуха царя, смотрителя наложниц	Here, hand is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. Just as Hegai was the overseer of the virgins, Shaashgaz was the overseer of the concubines, so he would be the one responsible for Esther while she was in the harem for concubines. Alternate translation: “under the custody of Shaashgaz” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243	EST	2	14	q5yx	translate-names	שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז	1	Шаазгаза	Это мужское имя (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
244	EST	2	14	abe5	translate-unknown	סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	евнуха царя	See how you translated this term, eunuch, in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” rather than “of the king.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
245	EST	2	14	abe6		שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים	1	смотрителя наложниц	This means that Shaashgaz was the official who took care of the concubines or who was responsible for the concubines.
246	EST	2	14	abe7	figs-explicit	הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים	1	наложниц	As a concubine, the young woman was one of the king’s secondary wives. She would live in this harem for the rest of her life. She was not free to return to her family or to marry anybody else. If it would help your readers to understand the story, you could explain all or part of this to your readers here, if you did not do so in 2:12 or 2:13. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247	EST	2	14	abe8		לֹא־תָב֥וֹא עוֹד֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Она больше не входила к царю	Alternate translation: “She would not go and see the king again.” In verse 12, the Note mentioned that “go to the king” meant “have sexual relations with the king.” But for this occurrence of the expression, it is appropriate to use a more general phrase such as “visit the king” because there could be other, more social reasons for a further visit. The woman would now be a secondary wife, and the king would only send for her if he decided that he enjoyed being with her.
248	EST	2	14	abe9		חָפֵ֥ץ בָּ֛⁠הּ	1	желал её	This means that he “had enjoyed being with her” or that she “had pleased the king very much.”
249	EST	2	14	abf0	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִקְרְאָ֥ה בְ⁠שֵֽׁם	1	и её вызывали по имени	You can say this with an active form. For example, you can say, “and the king asked for her by name” or “and called for her by name.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
250	EST	2	15	fiy8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֣יעַ תֹּר־אֶסְתֵּ֣ר…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	И когда настала очередь Есфири… идти к царю	The story resumes here after the background information that was provided in verses 12-14 about what the women in the harem did when they became concubines of the king. A contrast is being drawn. A young woman could take any clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem. But Esther only asked for what Hegai recommended. So it would be good to introduce this episode with a word such as “but,” which draws a contrast. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
251	EST	2	15	jk51	figs-distinguish	בַּת־אֲבִיחַ֣יִל דֹּ֣ד מָרְדֳּכַ֡י אֲשֶׁר֩ לָקַֽח־ל֨⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַ֜ת	1	дочери Абихаила, дяди Мардохея, который взял её к себе как дочь	This background information reminds the reader who Esther was by describing her relationship to Mordecai. You could make this a separate sentence and move it later in the verse to keep from breaking up the flow of the first sentence about what Esther did. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
252	EST	2	15	mg8y	translate-names	אֲבִיחַ֣יִל	1	Абихаила	Аминадав был отцом Есфири и дядей Мардохея (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
253	EST	2	15	qx3u	figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֤א בִקְשָׁה֙ דָּבָ֔ר כִּ֠י אִ֣ם אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י	1	она не просила ничего, кроме того, о чём ей сказал Гегай	You can state this in a positive form by saying, “she asked only for.” Alternate translation: “she did not ask for anything else to wear except” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
254	EST	2	15	vw9r		אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י	1	того, о чём ей сказал Гегай	Alternate translation: “what Hegai recommended” or “what Hegai suggested”
255	EST	2	15	abf1	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י	1	того, о чём ей сказал Гегай	As the king’s personal servant, Hegai would have known what kind of clothing and jewelry Ahasuerus found attractive on a woman. By following his advice, Esther showed that she trusted Hegai. This is implicit information that you can make explicit if it would help the reader to understand the story. You might say, for example, “Hegai knew the king’s preferences because he was his personal servant. Esther had come to trust Hegai and so she followed his advice.” This could go at the end of the verse or in a footnote. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
256	EST	2	15	abf2	figs-distinguish	סְרִיס־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	евнух царя, смотритель женщин	This is saying that Hegai was the royal official responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. This is background information that reminds the reader who Hegai was by describing his responsibilities. You could also move this to the end of the verse and put it in parentheses. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
257	EST	2	15	abf3	translate-unknown	סְרִיס־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	евнух царя	See how you decided to translate the term eunuch in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” for “of the king.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
258	EST	2	15	z519	figs-idiom	נֹשֵׂ֣את חֵ֔ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־רֹאֶֽי⁠הָ	1	приобрела… расположение в глазах всех видящих её	This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, the expression probably means that everyone who saw Esther dressed in the clothes she would wear for her visit to the king was very impressed with the way she looked. Alternate translation: “pleased all who saw her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
259	EST	2	15	jd87	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י	1	в глазах	Here, eyes is a metonym for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that everyone who saw Esther thought that she was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. Alternate translation: “in the judgment of” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260	EST	2	15	jd89	figs-gendernotations	כָּל־רֹאֶֽי⁠הָ	1	всех видящих её	This phrase can mean either every man or every person who saw her. Alternate translation: “every man who saw her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
261	EST	2	16	jd91	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֨ח אֶסְתֵּ֜ר	1	И была взята Есфирь	You can say this with an active form by saying, for example, “The king’s servants brought Esther.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
262	EST	2	16	abf5	figs-abstractnouns	אֶל־בֵּ֣ית מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	в дом его царства	You can use an adjective to translate the abstract noun royalty. For example, you can say, “in his royal palace” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
263	EST	2	16	jd92	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֖י	1	в десятом месяце	Alternate translation: “in month ten” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
264	EST	2	16	jr5s	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת	1	он же месяц Тебеф	Tebeth is the name of the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “that is, the month of Tebeth” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
265	EST	2	16	abf6		חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת	1	месяц Тебеф	The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court. But for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given.
266	EST	2	16	abf7	translate-unknown	חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת	1	месяц Тебеф	You could convert the Hebrew days and months into approximate dates on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the dates will be different every year and the translation will not be quite accurate. So you may just want to provide the Hebrew days and months. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
267	EST	2	16	x6yg	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְ⁠מַלְכוּתֽ⁠וֹ	1	на седьмом году его царствования	Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Ahasuerus as king of Persia” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
268	EST	2	17	p3s7	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֨ב הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֶת־אֶסְתֵּר֙ מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּתוּלֹ֑ת	1	И полюбил царь Есфирь больше всех жён, и она приобрела расположение и милость у него больше всех девственниц	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. The information is given twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Ahasuerus was completely convinced that Esther was the one he should make his queen. “More than all the virgins” basically duplicates the meaning of “more than all the women,” so, if this duplication would be confusing in your language, you don’t need to include both phrases, or you could say, “more than all of them” for the second phrase. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
269	EST	2	17	abf8	figs-explicit	מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים	1	больше всех жён	This means all the other women who had been brought to the king and who became his concubines. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
270	EST	2	17	bcu8	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	и она приобрела расположение и милость у него	This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. See how you translated similar phrases in [2:9](../02/09.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus was very impressed with both Esther’s appearance and her personality. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
271	EST	2	17	abf9	figs-doublet	וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	и она приобрела расположение и милость у него	Favor and kindness mean similar things and are probably used together here to strengthen a single idea. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased with her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
272	EST	2	17	jd93	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	у него	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
273	EST	2	17	sym3	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ בְּ⁠רֹאשָׁ֔⁠הּ	1	и он одел ей на голову корону царства	Ahasuerus did this to show that he was making Esther his queen. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
274	EST	2	17	abg0	figs-abstractnouns	כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙	1	корону царства	To translate the abstract noun royalty, you can use an adjective such as a “royal” crown. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
275	EST	2	18	abg1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֗וֹל	1	И сделал царь большой пир	The king did this to celebrate Esther becoming the queen. You can say this explicitly. For example, you can say, “Then, to celebrate her becoming the queen, the king hosted a great feast.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
276	EST	2	18	b1hd	translate-names	מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה אֶסְתֵּ֑ר	1	пир Есфири	You could indicate to your readers this is the name that Ahasuerus gave to the feast, for example, “He called it ‘Esther’s Feast.’” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
277	EST	2	18	ufm8	translate-unknown	וַ⁠הֲנָחָ֤ה לַ⁠מְּדִינוֹת֙ עָשָׂ֔ה	1	И он сделал покой областям	Область - это большая территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления) См., как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
278	EST	2	18	jd95	figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	царской рукой	Here, hand figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus personally gave lavish gifts to the guests at this feast. You could say something like “with royal generosity” or “with great willingness to give” or “with generosity that only a king can give.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279	EST	2	19	g38f	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית	1	И когда собрались девственницы второй раз	повторно или “ещё раз” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
280	EST	2	19	p842	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית	1	И когда собрались девственницы второй раз	The most likely explanation for this is that Ahasuerus decided he would like to have more concubines. You can say this explicitly if it will help the readers to understand the story. He probably believed that having a large number of concubines was another thing that would show he was a great king. To do so, you could add: “because Ahasuerus decided that he would like to have more concubines.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
281	EST	2	19	abg2	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית	1	И когда собрались девственницы второй раз	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “at the time when the king’s officers were gathering virgins for a second time.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
282	EST	2	19	ang3	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י	1	И когда собрались девственницы второй раз, а Мардохей	Неясно, когда именно это поизошло и по какой причине. Данная фраза может по-разному излагаться в разных версиях. Постарайтесь перевести её без изменений. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
283	EST	2	19	a23f	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	а Мардохей сидел у ворот царя	Возможные значения: 1) Мардохей сидел там, чтобы узнавать от проходящих мимо людей о благосостоянии Есфири; 2) “сидеть у царских ворот” - это идиома, означающая, что Мардохей получил от царя привилегированное положение. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) Mordecai sat there so he could hear about how Esther was doing from the many people who passed through the gate.
284	EST	2	19	i8in		בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	у ворот царя	Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s house” or “the gate to the king’s palace”
285	EST	2	20	abg5	figs-doublet	מֽוֹלַדְתָּ⁠הּ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמָּ֔⁠הּ	1	о своём родстве и о своём народе	These two short phrases mean almost the same thing. They are used together to emphasize that Esther followed Mordecai’s instructions exactly. You could combine them, as UST does. Alternate translation: “who her relatives were or that she was a Jew” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
286	EST	2	20	fb39		כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	как приказал ей Мардохей	Alternate translation: “just as Mordecai had instructed her” or “as Mordecai had made her promise” or “because Mordecai had warned her not to tell anyone”
287	EST	2	21	vi16	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֔ם	1	В те дни	This resumes the story after the background information that is provided in verse 20. Indicate this in the way that your language resumes a story after giving background information, such as with a connecting phrase like “during that time.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
288	EST	2	21	abg7	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י יֹשֵׁ֣ב בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	когда Мардохей сидел у ворот царя	It is implicit in the story that Mordecai heard the two men talking who are named right afterwards. You can say this explicitly if it helps the readers to understand this part of the story. To do so, add: “he heard two men talking.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289	EST	2	21	abg8	figs-idiom	יֹשֵׁ֣ב בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	сидел у ворот царя	As in verse 19, this is likely an idiom that means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate where officials met to make important decisions. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
290	EST	2	21	y2vl	translate-names	בִּגְתָ֨ן וָ⁠תֶ֜רֶשׁ	1	Гавафа и Фарра	These are the names of men. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291	EST	2	21	abg9	translate-unknown	שְׁנֵֽי־סָרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	два царских евнуха	See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). For the phrase of the king, you can say “royal.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
292	EST	2	21	abh0		מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֣י הַ⁠סַּ֔ף	1	из оберегавших порог	In this case the men were not guardians of one of the harems but guardians of the king’s private rooms. You could say, “they guarded the doorway to the king’s private rooms” or “they protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters.”
293	EST	2	21	abh1	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙	1	и задумали	Here, seeking figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294	EST	2	21	jd97	figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד	1	наложить руки	Here the expression to stretch out a hand means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
295	EST	2	22	y7tv	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֔י	1	И стало известным это дело Мардохею	You can say this with an active form, for example by saying, “Mordecai found out what they were planning.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
296	EST	2	22	abh2		וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה	1	и сообщил он Есфири, царице	This means that he told Queen Esther about it somehow.
297	EST	2	22	dgp3	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי	1	от имени Мардохея	This expression means that Esther passed the information along to King Ahasuerus on Mordecai’s behalf or that she told the king the information had come from Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
298	EST	2	23	abh3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֔א וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ	1	И было расследовано это дело, и было обнаружено, и они оба были повешены на дереве	Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “Царь расследовал это дело и, когда его подозрения подтвердились, он приказал своим слугам повесить преступников” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
299	EST	2	23	ld4y	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֔א	1	И было расследовано это дело, и было обнаружено	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “Then the king’s servants investigated Mordecai’s report and found out that it was true.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300	EST	2	23	abh4	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ	1	и они оба были повешены на дереве	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king ordered his servants to impale those two men on wooden poles” or “the king ordered his servants to hang those two men on a gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301	EST	2	23	y28j	translate-unknown	עַל־עֵ֑ץ	1	на дереве	Here, tree could mean a live tree or anything that is made from a tree, meaning that is made of wood. This could be any kind of pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend someone above the ground and could be used as a means of killing the person or to display the person’s body after the person is dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging them from it with a rope tied around the neck, or (2) by impaling them on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through their body. You could translate this as “a wooden pole” or “a gallows.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
302	EST	2	23	g9nh	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב	1	и это было записано	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
303	EST	2	23	abh5	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים	1	в книгу хроники дней	This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
304	EST	2	23	abh6	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	у царя	Here, face refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
305	EST	3	intro	zb26			0		# Есфирь 03 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Аман издаёт указ об истреблении еврейского народа<br><br>Если бы Мардохей пал ниц перед Аманом, это бы означило, что он поклонился этому человеку. Однако человек не должен поклоняться людям, но только Богу. То есть Мардохей отказался поклоняться Аману из духовных соображений. Поступок Мардохея привёл Амана в ярость и побудил издать указ об истреблении еврейского народа по всей Персидской империи.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) \| [>>](../04/intro.md)__
306	EST	3	1	mm4c	writing-newevent	אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	После этих событий	В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
307	EST	3	1	abh7	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	После этих событий	This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
308	EST	3	1	ir5v	translate-names	הָמָ֧ן	1	Амана	This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
309	EST	3	1	abh8	translate-names	בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָ⁠אֲגָגִ֖י	1	сына Амадафа, вугеянина	These are the names of Haman’s father and Haman’s people group. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310	EST	3	1	abh9	figs-explicit	גִּדַּל֩…אֲחַשְׁוֵר֜וֹשׁ אֶת־הָמָ֧ן	1	Артаксеркс повысил Амана	This means that Ahasuerus promoted Haman. It’s implied in the story that Haman was already one of Ahasuerus’s officials, but that he was now being promoted to a higher position. You could say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
311	EST	3	1	abi0	figs-doublet	וַֽ⁠יְנַשְּׂאֵ֑⁠הוּ וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֕ל כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים	1	и поднял его, и поставил его трон над всеми правителями	Трон указывает на позицию среди государственных властей. Альтернативный перевод: “повысил над всеми остальными государственными деятелями” или “дал власть над остальными государственными чиновниками” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
312	EST	3	1	pl9i	figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יְנַשְּׂאֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	и поднял его	Here, lifting is a metaphor meaning to advance or promote a person to a higher, more important position than they held previously. Alternate translation: “he gave him a more important position” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313	EST	3	1	ptm4	figs-idiom	כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ	1	его трон	Here, seat of authority means Haman’s position or status in the Persian government. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
314	EST	3	1	abi1	figs-abstractnouns	כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ	1	его трон	You can translate the abstract noun “authority” by using a concrete noun for this whole phrase. For example, you can say, “his position.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
315	EST	3	1	abi2		מֵ⁠עַ֕ל כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	над всеми правителями, которые были с ним	Him in this phrase may refer to the king. You could say that “the king promoted him above his other officials” or “gave him more authority than all of his other officials” or that “Haman became more important than all of his other officials.”
316	EST	3	2	abi3	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	И все слуги царя, которые у ворот царя	Here, the gate of the king, probably the entrance to the citadel, may figuratively represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
317	EST	3	2	abi4	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְ⁠הָמָ֔ן	1	И все слуги царя… кланялись и падали ниц перед Аманом	The servants were required to do this as a way of honoring him whenever Haman walked by. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
318	EST	3	2	e25k	translate-symaction	כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙	1	кланялись и падали ниц	This means that the other officials humbled themselves and lay flat on the ground before Haman. These actions represented recognition and respect for the very high position that the king had given him in the Persian government. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
319	EST	3	2	abi5	figs-doublet	כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙	1	кланялись и падали ниц	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and honor Haman in this way. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “bow down all the way to the ground.” Alternate translation: “bowing and lying down on the ground” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
320	EST	3	2	fg8v		וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙	1	и падали ниц	This means bowing down all the way to the ground.
321	EST	3	2	jd99	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣⁠וֹ	1	потому что так приказал о нём	If that would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains the reason why all the other officials were bowing to Haman. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
322	EST	3	2	abi6	figs-explicit	כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣⁠וֹ	1	потому что так приказал о нём	The king did this as a sign of Haman’s new position. You can state this here or in a separate sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the king had commanded them to do this in order to show that he had given Haman such a high position” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
323	EST	3	2	abi7	figs-parallelism	וּ⁠מָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה	1	А Мардохей не кланялся и не падал ниц	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was against the king’s command and how much determination it took for Mordecai to remain standing. You could combine these phrases as UST does and say, “But Mordecai refused to bow down to Haman.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not bow down or lie on the ground” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
324	EST	3	2	abi8	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה	1	А Мардохей не кланялся и не падал ниц	It appears that as a Jew, Mordecai considered it wrong to worship anyone other than Yahweh, and that he believed he would be worshiping Haman if he bowed down low to the ground to honor him. So, on religious grounds, Mordecai refused to bow down. You can say this explicitly if it would make your translation clearer. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
325	EST	3	3	abi9		עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	слуги царя, которые у ворот царя	See how you translated this expression at the beginning of [3:2](../03/02.md).
326	EST	3	3	abj0	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ…לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	И говорили… Мардохею	They spoke to Mordecai because they saw that he did not bow down. You can say this explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. You can say, for example, “The other officials saw that, and they asked Mordecai.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327	EST	3	3	abj1		מַדּ֨וּעַ֙ אַתָּ֣ה עוֹבֵ֔ר אֵ֖ת מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	Почему ты нарушаешь приказ царя	Alternative translation: “why are you disobeying the king’s command” or “why are you not obeying what the king commanded”
328	EST	3	4	jd3r	figs-explicit	ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	когда они говорили ему	This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. You can say that explicitly if it would be clearer in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
329	EST	3	4	jd1r	figs-idiom	י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם	1	изо дня в день	This expression means “every day.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
330	EST	3	4	abj2	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙…וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	И было: когда они говорили ему… а он не слушал их	Here, he did not listen means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
331	EST	3	4	uek4	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠הָמָ֗ן לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠יַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י	1	то они донесли Аману, чтобы увидеть, устоят ли слова Мардохея	In this context, standing figuratively means to survive a challenge, and words means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
332	EST	3	4	abj3	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי	1	потому что он сказал им, что он иудей	This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If that would be clearer in your language, you can put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
333	EST	3	4	abj4	figs-explicit	כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי	1	потому что он сказал им, что он иудей	Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. You could say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
334	EST	3	5	abj5	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן	1	И увидел Аман	Here, seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
335	EST	3	5	njt5	figs-parallelism	אֵ֣ין מָרְדֳּכַ֔י כֹּרֵ֥עַ וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ	1	Мардохей не кланяется и не падает ниц перед ним	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was. You could combine them as UST does and say, “Mordecai was refusing to bow down to him.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai would not bow down or lie on the ground” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
336	EST	3	5	wk8p	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה	1	и наполнился Аман гневом	Here, Haman’s rage is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
337	EST	3	6	k5h9	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	И было ничтожным в его глазах	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Haman considered that it was not enough” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338	EST	3	6	abj6	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	И было ничтожным в его глазах	Haman probably decided to go to such extremes because he was so angry. You could say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
339	EST	3	6	abj7		וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז	1	И было ничтожным	Despise in this context means not to hate but to think little of or think something is too small. This expression means that Haman decided it would not be enough just to kill Mordecai alone.
340	EST	3	6	jd9r	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	в его глазах	Here, eyes stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341	EST	3	6	abj8		לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ בְּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֣י לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ	1	наложить руки на одного Мардохея	Alternate translation: “he rejected the idea of killing only Mordecai” or “he decided to kill more than just Mordecai” or “he decided that it would not be enough to get rid of only Mordecai”
342	EST	3	6	j11r	figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙	1	наложить руки	As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression to stretch out a hand means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
343	EST	3	6	abj9		כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥ידוּ ל֖⁠וֹ אֶת־עַ֣ם מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	потому что ему рассказали о народе Мардохея	They means the other royal officials. Him refers to Haman. The people of Mordecai means the Jews. Mordecai had told these officials that he would not bow down to Haman because Jews worshiped only God. So this means that the other officials had told Haman that Mordecai was not bowing down to him because he was a Jew.
344	EST	3	6	hue9	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ הָמָ֗ן לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֧יד	1	и захотел Аман уничтожить	Here, seeking figuratively means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
345	EST	3	6	abk0		בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכ֥וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֖וֹשׁ	1	во всём царстве Артаксеркса	This means in the entire empire that King Ahasuerus ruled.
346	EST	3	6	abk1	figs-doublet	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים…עַ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי	1	иудеев… народ Мардохея	These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The repetition emphasizes how great the threat was to their existence. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “all of the Jews.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai’s people, the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
347	EST	3	7	zl12	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙	1	В первый месяц	В 1-й месяц (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
348	EST	3	7	wyv6	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֔ן	1	то есть месяц Нисан	Nisan is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
349	EST	3	7	abk2	translate-unknown	חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֔ן	1	месяц Нисан	As in [2:16](../02/16.md), you could convert the Hebrew month into an approximate time on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the dates will be different every year and the translation will not be quite accurate. So you may just want to give the Hebrew month. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
350	EST	3	7	tw99	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֔ה לַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	в двенадцатый год царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translations: “during the twelfth year of the reign of Ahasuerus as king of Persia” or “when King Ahasuerus had reigned for about twelve years” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
351	EST	3	7	g4lt	translate-names	הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ ה֨וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל	1	бросали пур, то есть жребий	The storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and the word for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
352	EST	3	7	abk3	translate-unknown	הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל	1	жребий	A lot was an object with different markings on various sides that was used, most likely by dropping it on the ground, to select a specific time for doing something. The belief was that God or the gods would control which way the object fell, thus guiding the selection process and granting favor to the action if it were done on the date chosen. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
353	EST	3	7	abk4	figs-activepassive	הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩	1	бросали пур	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “Haman had his servants cast a Pur.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354	EST	3	7	abk5	grammar-connect-logic-result	הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩	1	бросали пур	If that would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first because it explains the rest of what happens in this verse. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
355	EST	3	7	j13r	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן	1	перед лицом Амана	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
356	EST	3	7	j15r		מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ	1	от дня ко дню и от месяца к месяцу	This expression means that the lot was cast to select a particular day of the month and a particular month of the year.
357	EST	3	7	j17r	figs-explicit	מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ	1	от дня ко дню и от месяца к месяцу	Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
358	EST	3	7	ih4b	translate-hebrewmonths	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	на двенадцатый, то есть на месяц Адар	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
359	EST	3	7	abk6		שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	на двенадцатый, то есть на месяц Адар	See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent.
360	EST	3	7	abk7	figs-explicit	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	на двенадцатый, то есть на месяц Адар	This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate Translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
361	EST	3	7	k3vd	translate-ordinal	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר	1	на двенадцатый	Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
362	EST	3	8	abk8	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1	И сказал Аман царю Артаксерксу	The implication is that Haman then went to see the king so that he could speak with him. You could say that explicitly. Do not give your readers the impression that the king was present with Haman while he was casting the lot. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	EST	3	8	aig9	translate-numbers	יֶשְׁנ֣⁠וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד	1	Есть один народ	He refers to the king, and one people refers to the Jews as a people group. So this means there is a people group or a group of people. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
364	EST	3	8	p4a8	figs-doublet	מְפֻזָּ֤ר וּ⁠מְפֹרָד֙	1	разбросанный и рассеянный	These two words mean almost the same thing. Haman uses the repetition to emphasize that the Jews are everywhere throughout the empire and so their influence, which he says is bad, will affect everyone. You could combine these words as UST does. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
365	EST	3	8	abk9		בֵּ֣ין הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינ֣וֹת מַלְכוּתֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	между народами по всем областям твоего царства	Haman is saying that the Jews are mixed in with all the other peoples, and they live in every province.
366	EST	3	8	abl0		וְ⁠דָתֵי⁠הֶ֞ם שֹׁנ֣וֹת מִ⁠כָּל־עָ֗ם וְ⁠אֶת־דָּתֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֵינָ֣⁠ם עֹשִׂ֔ים	1	и законы их отличаются от всех народов, и законов царя они не выполняют	Haman is saying that the Jews have their own set of laws, and he is accusing them of not obeying the king’s laws as a result.
367	EST	3	8	r34x	figs-123person	דָּתֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	законов царя	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You could have him say, “your laws.” Or you could indicate this respect another way by having Haman begin by saying, “Your Majesty.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
368	EST	3	8	bf9g		וְ⁠לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֵין־שֹׁוֶ֖ה לְ⁠הַנִּיחָֽ⁠ם	1	и царю не подобает их так оставлять	Аман обращается к царю в третьем лице для выражения своего почтения. Альтернативный перевод: “тебе не следует так оставлять их” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Или “царь не должен позволять им оставаться”. Вместо отрицательной конструкции можно употребить утвердительную: “царь должен избавиться от них”.
369	EST	3	8	j19r	figs-123person	וְ⁠לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ	1	и царю	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person by saying, “not good for you.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
370	EST	3	9	abl1	figs-123person	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	Haman speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
371	EST	3	9	abl2	figs-idiom	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	See how you decided to translate this idiom in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “if it seems like a good idea to you, O king” or “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is pleasing to the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
372	EST	3	9	abl3	figs-activepassive	יִכָּתֵ֖ב	1	то пусть будет предписано	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action. For example, you can say, “the king could write a decree” or “you could write a decree.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
373	EST	3	9	abl4		לְ⁠אַבְּדָ֑⁠ם	1	истребить их	This means that the decree would say that all the Jews should be killed.
374	EST	3	9	eh3w	figs-idiom	אֶשְׁקוֹל֙ עַל־יְדֵי֙ עֹשֵׂ֣י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה	1	я отвешу… в руки исполняющих эту работу	В руки служащих - значит “исполнителям приказа”. “Дам” - то есть “заплачу”. Альтернативный перевод: “я заплачу исполнителям твоего приказа десять тысяч талантов серебра” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
375	EST	3	9	lhv5	translate-bmoney	וַ⁠עֲשֶׂ֨רֶת אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף	1	и… десять тысяч талантов серебра	This would be worth over $300 million at current prices in 2020. But since prices vary over time, if you expressed the value in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the talent, and explain in a note that a talent was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does in metric tons. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
376	EST	3	9	vm59	figs-hyperbole	אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף	1	тысяч талантов серебра	The talent was the largest unit of money and 10,000 was the largest number in the counting system of the time. It is possible that Haman used these terms to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. Alternate translation: “a huge amount of silver” or “enormous amounts of silver” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
377	EST	3	9	abl5		עֹשֵׂ֣י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה	1	исполняющих эту работу	This could mean: (1) those who work for the king in general (administrators) or (2) more specifically the officers whom Ahasuerus would send around the empire to organize the killing of the Jews.
378	EST	3	9	abl7	figs-123person	גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	казну царя	Haman speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You could also have him speak of “your royal treasuries.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
379	EST	3	10	abl8	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֧סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֑⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֗⁠הּ לְ⁠הָמָ֧ן	1	И снял царь свой перстень со своей руки и отдал его Аману	The implication is that Ahasuerus thought that Haman’s suggestion was a good idea and he agreed to it. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king agreed that this was a good idea, so” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
380	EST	3	10	abl9	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֧סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֑⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֗⁠הּ לְ⁠הָמָ֧ן	1	И снял царь свой перстень со своей руки и отдал его Аману	Giving the ring to Haman showed that Haman could act on the king’s own authority. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king gave Haman the power to act on his authority to carry out the plan. To show that, he gave Haman the ring he wore that had his official seal on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
381	EST	3	10	c9md	translate-unknown	טַבַּעְתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	свой перстень	This was a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. This ring had the king’s name or mark on it. When he put a wax seal on important papers, he would press the mark onto the seal. If a paper had this mark on its seal, people would know that what was written on the paper was written with the king’s authority and had to be obeyed. You could describe this as “the ring he wore that had his official seal on it.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
382	EST	3	10	abm0		בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָ⁠אֲגָגִ֖י	1	сыну Амадафа, вугеянину	This information about Haman’s identity is repeated to stress that the king giving him the signet ring was an official legal act that transferred power to him. (In the same way, legal documents today often use a person’s full name and other identifying information.) If you repeat this information in your own translation, your readers should see this significance.
383	EST	3	10	abm1	figs-distinguish	צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים	1	врагу иудеев	This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. It means that he had become “the enemy of the Jews.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
384	EST	3	11	sz4b	figs-activepassive	הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף נָת֣וּן לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	Будет дано тебе серебро	Значение данной фразы не совсем ясно. Возможные значения: 1) “я возвращаю тебе твоё серебро”; 2) “возьми деньги и поступи так, как считаешь нужным” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
385	EST	3	11	abm2	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	и этот народ, чтобы сделать с ним то, что хорошо в твоих глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that he can do whatever he wants to the Jews. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386	EST	3	12	hx6c	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּקָּרְאוּ֩ סֹפְרֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	И были созваны писари царя	Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “царь созвал писарей, и они записали указ Амана” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
387	EST	3	12	t6qa	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒	1	в первый месяц, в его тринадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
388	EST	3	12	abm3		בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒	1	в первый месяц, в его тринадцатый день	You can put this information first because it places the event within the timeline of the story.
389	EST	3	12	abm4	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה הָמָ֡ן	1	и было написано всё так, как приказал Аман	Здесь можно употребиь действительный залог: “Они написали указ от имени Артаксеркса, и Аман запечатал его царским перстнем” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
390	EST	3	12	abm5	translate-unknown	אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵֽי־הַ֠⁠מֶּלֶךְ	1	сатрапам царя	This seems to mean the officials of the king who served in the palace in the capital city, since they are distinguished from the provincial governors and the leaders of the people groups. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
391	EST	3	12	j23r	figs-idiom	מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה	1	каждой областью	This expression means every province. See how you translated this in 1:22. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
392	EST	3	12	abm7		שָׂ֤רֵי עַם֙ וָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	правителям каждого народа	Alternate translation: “the leaders of each people group”
393	EST	3	12	j25r	figs-idiom	עַם֙ וָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	каждого народа	This expression means every people group. See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	EST	3	12	j27r	figs-idiom	מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ	1	каждой области на её письменности	See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “to each province using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
395	EST	3	12	abm8	figs-explicit	מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ	1	каждой области на её письменности	The implication is that the scribes translated the letter and sent it to each province using its own alphabet. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396	EST	3	12	j31r	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	и каждому народу на его языке	See how you translated this expression in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “and to each people group in its own language” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
397	EST	3	12	j33r	figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	на его языке	Here, tongue is a metonym meaning the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “according to its language” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398	EST	3	12	abm9	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹשׁ֙ נִכְתָּ֔ב	1	было написано от имени царя Артаксеркса	There are two possible meanings: (1) Here, name could mean the authority of the king. This would be saying that Haman’s letter had the same authority as it would have had if the king had sent it himself. Alternate translation: “Haman sent the letter under the king’s own authority” (2) However, this could also mean that Haman actually had the scribes sign the king’s name to the letter. Alternate translation: “they signed the king’s name at the end of the letters” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399	EST	3	12	lyf2	figs-activepassive	נִכְתָּ֔ב וְ⁠נֶחְתָּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	было написано… и скреплено перстнем царя	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to show that he was sending the letter under the king’s own authority, Haman sealed each copy of the letter with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it,” or “the scribes signed the king’s name at the end of the letters. Then they sealed the letters with wax, and stamped the wax by using the king’s ring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
400	EST	3	13	hxx6	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִשְׁל֨וֹחַ סְפָרִ֜ים	1	И были отправлены письма	Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: “Гонцы доставили послание” или “гонцы передали указ” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
401	EST	3	13	j34r	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הָ⁠רָצִים֮	1	руками посланников	Here, hand could mean two different things: (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the couriers carried the letters in their hands. Alternate translation: “couriers hand-delivered the documents” (2) “Hand” could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that couriers were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers gave the documents directly” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
402	EST	3	13	abn0	figs-metonymy	אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒	1	во все области царя	Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer figuratively to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
403	EST	3	13	xs6g	figs-doublet	לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֡יד לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֣ד	1	чтобы уничтожить, убить и истребить	These words mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is envisioned. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “completely destroy.” (A “doublet” can use more than two words. См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
404	EST	3	13	abn1	figs-merism	מִ⁠נַּ֨עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֜ן	1	от малого и до старого	This is a figure of speech that figuratively describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
405	EST	3	13	abn2		טַ֤ף וְ⁠נָשִׁים֙	1	детей и женщин	Alternate translation: “including the children and the women”
406	EST	3	13	j35r	translate-numbers	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	в один день	Alternate translation: “on a single day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
407	EST	3	13	abn3	figs-explicit	בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר	1	в тринадцатый	Implicitly, this means “the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
408	EST	3	13	g5br	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר	1	в тринадцатый	Alternate translation: “on day thirteen” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
409	EST	3	13	j36r	translate-ordinal	לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר	1	месяца двенадцатого	Alternate translation: “of month twelve” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
410	EST	3	13	i5ur	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר	1	то есть месяца Адара	This is the name of the twelfth month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you decided in 2:16 and 3:7 to express dates that the story gives according to the Hebrew calendar. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
411	EST	3	13	pbp1		וּ⁠שְׁלָלָ֖⁠ם לָ⁠בֽוֹז	1	и их имение разграбить	This means that the letters also said that those who killed the Jews could take everything that belonged to them.
412	EST	3	14	tj7n	figs-activepassive	הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה	1	письма будет передана указом во все области	Можно уточнить: “Областные начальники должны были сделать копию приказа” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
413	EST	3	14	vga2	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה	1	во все области	Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
414	EST	3	14	l9w7	figs-activepassive	הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב…גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֑ים	1	письма… объявлена для всех народов	Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “они сообщили жителям каждой провинции о” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415	EST	3	14	f6dc		לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עֲתִדִ֖ים לַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	чтобы быть готовыми к тому дню	Alternate translations: “so that people would be ready to do on that day what the king had written in the letter” or “so that they would get ready to do what the letter said to do when the day came”
416	EST	3	15	abn4		הָֽ⁠רָצִ֞ים יָצְא֤וּ דְחוּפִים֙ בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Посланники отправились поспешно по приказу царя	This means that the king had commanded the couriers to deliver the letters as quickly as possible.
417	EST	3	15	abn5	figs-explicit	הָֽ⁠רָצִ֞ים יָצְא֤וּ דְחוּפִים֙ בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Посланники отправились поспешно по приказу царя	You can state explicitly where the couriers brought the letters. Alternate translation: “as the king had commanded, couriers rushed the letters to every province in the empire” or “then, according to what the king commanded, men riding horses took these letters quickly to every province in the empire” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
418	EST	3	15	i12c	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה	1	и указ был дан	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “People read the letter out loud” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
419	EST	3	15	nlk8	translate-unknown	בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֑ה	1	в Сузах, крепости	Here this likely means in the “capital city of Susa.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
420	EST	3	15	abn6	figs-synecdoche	יָשְׁב֣וּ לִ⁠שְׁתּ֔וֹת	1	сели пить	(1) This could mean that Ahasuerus and Haman had more than just a drink together. This could be a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. They may have celebrated with an entire banquet that is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “had a celebration feast together” (2) Another possibility is that this is describing a toast that Ahasuerus and Haman shared to celebrate their plan. “Sat down” would simply be describing how the men would have reclined at a table to drink. Alternate translation: “had a celebration toast” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
421	EST	3	15	wm4u	figs-explicit	נָבֽוֹכָה	1	был в смятении	The implication is that the people in Susa were very upset about what was going to happen and they did not know what to do about it. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
422	EST	3	15	wbgv	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר	1	а город	The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
423	EST	3	15	abn7	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן	1	а город Сузы	This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
424	EST	3	15	abn8	figs-abstractnouns	נָבֽוֹכָה	1	был в смятении	You can translate the abstract noun confusion with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
425	EST	4	intro	z7u2			0		# Есфирь 04 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Мардохей побуждает Есфирь действовать<br><br>Мардохей говорит Есфири, что она должа молить царя о помиловании иудеев, поставив под угрозу собственную жизнь.<br><br><br>### Прочие трудности, встречающиеся при переводе данной главы<br><br>#### Скрытая (подразумеваемая) информация<br><br>В предложении “Кто знает, не для этого ли времени ты достигла царского звания?” есть скрытая информация, которую переводчики могут не понять. Автор имеет в виду следующее: “Возможно, Бог сделал тебя царицей для того, чтобы ты спасла евреев!” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 04:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) \| [>>](../05/intro.md)__
426	EST	4	1	j37r	writing-participants	וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י יָדַע֙	1	И Мардохей узнал	Here the story re-introduces Mordecai as the main character in focus. Alternate translation: “when Mordecai found out” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
427	EST	4	1	nya6		כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשָׂ֔ה	1	всём, что произошло	Alternate translation: “about Haman’s plan to kill all the Jews” or “about those letters”
428	EST	4	1	vgy8	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָ⁠אֵ֑פֶר	1	и разорвал Мардохей свою одежду, и оделся в лохмотья и пепел	Эти действия символизировали глубокую скорбь. Альтернативный перевод: “разорвал свою одежду, надел лохмотья и посыпал себя пеплом в знак великой скорби” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
429	EST	4	1	abn9	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָ⁠אֵ֑פֶר	1	и разорвал Мардохей свою одежду, и оделся в лохмотья и пепел	You can explain why Mordecai did this. Alternate translation: “he was so anguished that he tore his clothes and put on rough sackcloth and threw ashes over himself” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
430	EST	4	1	abo0	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	и вышел в центр города	The next verse shows that Mordecai was heading towards the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly here. Mordecai might have wanted to call attention to the danger that the Jews were in by going to a public location where people were used to seeing him. Or he might have wanted to contact Esther and ask her to help with the trouble. Or he might have wanted both. Alternate translation: “he started walking towards the city center, towards the king’s palace” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
431	EST	4	1	abo1	figs-doublet	וַ⁠יִּזְעַ֛ק זְעָקָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּ⁠מָרָֽה	1	и кричал воплем громким и горьким	Great and bitter are two words that refer to the same thing and that work together. They indicate that Mordecai’s cry was so loud because it was so anguished. Alternate translation: “cried out in anguish” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
432	EST	4	2	abo2		וַ⁠יָּב֕וֹא	1	И дошёл	He means Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai came”
433	EST	4	2	j38r	figs-metonymy	עַ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	до ворот царя	Here, face figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
434	EST	4	2	abo3		שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	ворот царя	See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace”
435	EST	4	2	abo4	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֵ֥ין לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּ⁠לְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק	1	нельзя было входить в ворота царя в лохмотьях	Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
436	EST	4	3	e73y	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה	1	И во всех областях	Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
437	EST	4	3	abo5		מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ	1	везде, куда доходил приказ царя и его указ	Alternate translation: “anywhere that the letter that said to destroy the Jews was announced in public”
438	EST	4	3	abo6	figs-doublet	דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙	1	приказ царя и его указ	These two phrases are referring to the same thing, that is, the information that the letter conveyed. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious a situation this was. Alternate translation: “the letter from the king” or “the law that said to destroy the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
439	EST	4	3	e7zx		אֵ֤בֶל גָּדוֹל֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	у иудеев была огромная скорбь	Alternate translation: “the Jews mourned greatly” or “when the Jews heard about it, they mourned greatly”
440	EST	4	3	abo7	figs-explicit	וְ⁠צ֥וֹם	1	и пост	Fasting is a sign of mourning. If your readers would not understand this, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went without food because they were so upset” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
441	EST	4	3	abo8	figs-doublet	וּ⁠בְכִ֖י וּ⁠מִסְפֵּ֑ד	1	и плач, и вопль	These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how distressed the Jews were. Alternate translation: “wailed loudly” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
442	EST	4	3	djf6	translate-symaction	שַׂ֣ק וָ⁠אֵ֔פֶר יֻצַּ֖ע לָֽ⁠רַבִּֽים	1	лохмотья и пепел были постелью для многих	These were actions that demonstrated deep grief. “Many of them lay on the ground, dressed in sackcloth and sitting in ashes” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
443	EST	4	4	q7ll		נַעֲר֨וֹת אֶסְתֵּ֤ר	1	служанки Есфири	Alternate translation: “Esther’s female servants” of “Esther’s maids”
444	EST	4	4	abo9	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סָרִיסֶ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	и её евнухи	See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “her male servants” or “her other officials” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
445	EST	4	4	abp0	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לָ֔⁠הּ	1	и рассказали ей	That is, they told her that Mordecai was sitting outside the gate wearing sackcloth. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
446	EST	4	4	abp1	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד	1	и царица очень встревожилась	The queen means Esther. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Esther herself became very afraid” or “this made the queen very distressed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
447	EST	4	4	abp2	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד	1	и царица очень встревожилась	The implication is that this happened when she heard what Mordecai was doing. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When she heard about this, Esther herself became very afraid” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
448	EST	4	4	y8bc	translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֨ח בְּגָדִ֜ים לְ⁠הַלְבִּ֣ישׁ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֗י	1	и послала одежду, чтобы одеть Мардохея	She means Esther. This was her way of encouraging Mordecai to be hopeful and act publicly as if whatever situation he was worried about were not completely desperate. Alternate translation: “she sent servants to take to Mordecai some good clothes to wear” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
449	EST	4	4	abp3	translate-symaction	וְ⁠לֹ֥א קִבֵּֽל	1	но он не принял	Alternate translation: “he refused to put them on” This was Mordecai’s way of replying to Esther that the situation truly was desperate. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
450	EST	4	5	abp4		וַ⁠תִּקְרָא֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר לַ⁠הֲתָ֜ךְ מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	И позвала Есфирь Гафаха, из евнухов царя	Alternative translation: “then Esther summoned Hathak, one of the king’s officials”
451	EST	4	5	vf4m	translate-names	לַ⁠הֲתָ֜ךְ	1	Гафаха	This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
452	EST	4	5	lp8m	writing-background	מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶעֱמִ֣יד לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	из евнухов царя, которого он приставил к ней	Alternate translation: “who was one of the royal guardians whom the king had assigned to serve Esther personally” You can put this information first because it provides background information. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
453	EST	4	5	icg7	translate-unknown	מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י	1	из евнухов	See how you translated this term eunuch in [1:10](../01/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
454	EST	4	5	j39r	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	к ней	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
455	EST	4	5	abp6	figs-parallelism	לָ⁠דַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְ⁠עַל־מַה־זֶּֽה	1	чтобы узнать, что это и почему это	These two phrases mean similar things. In both cases, “this” refers to what Mordecai was doing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Esther now knew there must be a very serious reason why Mordecai was wearing sackcloth in such a public place. Alternate translation: “to find out why he was so distressed that he was sitting at the palace gate wearing sackcloth” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
456	EST	4	6	abp7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	И пошёл Гафах к Мардохею	Hathak went out specifically to speak with Mordecai and find out why he was so distressed, as Esther had asked him to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Hathak went out to speak with Mordecai” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
457	EST	4	6	mgl5		רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	городскую площадь	Alternate translation: “the central plaza”
458	EST	4	6	j41r	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י	1	перед	Here, face figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
459	EST	4	6	abp8	figs-metonymy	שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	воротами царя	Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
460	EST	4	7	zq3s	figs-synecdoche	אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ	1	обо всём, что с ним случилось	Here, him refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
461	EST	4	7	abp9		פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠⁠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם	1	количестве серебра, которое обещал Аман отвесить в казну царя за иудеев, чтобы уничтожить их	This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md).
462	EST	4	8	j43r		פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠⁠דָּת	1	копию письма указа	Alternate translation: “a copy of the letter that Haman had sent out” or “a copy of the decree”
463	EST	4	8	zt49	figs-activepassive	הַ֠⁠דָּת אֲשֶׁר־נִתַּ֨ן בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֤ן	1	указа, который был дан в Сузах	If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the law that the heralds had read out loud in Susa” or “the decree that the king’s servants had posted in Susa” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
464	EST	4	8	abq0		לְ⁠הַשְׁמִידָ⁠ם֙	1	об их уничтожении	Alternative translation: “that said that all the Jews must be killed”
465	EST	4	8	abq1	figs-parallelism	לְ⁠הַרְא֥וֹת אֶת־אֶסְתֵּ֖ר וּ⁠לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לָ֑⁠הּ	1	чтобы показать Есфири, и чтобы сообщить ей	These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize how important Mordecai knew it was for Esther to understand just what Haman was planning. “so that Esther could see exactly what it said.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
466	EST	4	8	abq2		וּ⁠לְ⁠צַוּ֣וֹת עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ	1	и чтобы приказать ей	Alternate translation: “and to urge her”
467	EST	4	8	gds6	figs-doublet	לְ⁠הִֽתְחַנֶּן־ל֛⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בַקֵּ֥שׁ	1	умолять его и просить	These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize the force of the action that Mordecai felt was needed. Alternate translation: “to plead with him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
468	EST	4	8	j47r	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	у него	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
469	EST	4	8	abq3		עַל־עַמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	о её народе	Alternate translation: “to act mercifully toward her people”
470	EST	4	10	abq5		וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶסְתֵּר֙ לַ⁠הֲתָ֔ךְ וַ⁠תְּצַוֵּ֖⁠הוּ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָֽי	1	И сказала Есфирь Гафаху и приказала передать Мардохею	Alternate translation: “then Esther told Hathak to go back to Mordecai and tell him this”
471	EST	4	11	abq6	figs-merism	כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים	1	Все слуги царя и жители областей царя знают	All the servants of the king refers to the royal officials in the palace. The people of the provinces refers to those living out in the empire. So this phrase means something like “those both near and far.” Esther is using a figure of speech to refer to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “everyone in the whole empire knows.” Alternate translation: “all the king’s officials and all the people in the empire know this law” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
472	EST	4	11	abq7		כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים	1	Все слуги царя и жители областей царя знают	Альтернативный перевод: “ни одному мужчине или женщине не разрешается входить к царю во внутренний двор, если только царь сам их не позовёт. Человек, нарушивший этот закон, будет казнен (если только царь не протянет к нему свой золотой скипетр”).
473	EST	4	11	d9mh	figs-merism	כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר	1	каждому, мужчине и женщине, кто	Here, Esther once again refers to a group figuratively by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
474	EST	4	11	abq8	translate-symaction	יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֩ אֶל־הֶ⁠חָצֵ֨ר הַ⁠פְּנִימִ֜ית	1	войдёт к царю во внутренний двор	As [5:1](../05/01.md) makes clear, this refers to a courtyard right outside the room where King Ahasuerus sat on his throne. He could see out of the entrance to the room into the courtyard and tell if anyone came and stood there. Anyone who did that was asking to speak to the king. Alternate translation: “who goes into the inner courtyard of the palace, where the king can see them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
475	EST	4	11	abq9	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א	1	кто не был приглашён	If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
476	EST	4	11	abr0		אַחַ֤ת דָּת⁠וֹ֙	1	один закон для него	Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom” If that would be clearer in your language, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself.
477	EST	4	11	abr1		לְ⁠הָמִ֔ית	1	быть убитым	Alternate translation: “that person must be executed” or “the guards will kill that person”
478	EST	4	11	abr2	translate-symaction	לְ֠⁠בַד מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב	1	только тот, к кому царь протянет золотой скипетр	If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
479	EST	4	11	abr3	translate-unknown	שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב	1	золотой скипетр	A scepter was an ornamental staff or wand that rulers carried or held as a symbol of their authority. According to this, the scepter of King Ahasuerus was made of gold. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
480	EST	4	11	ilp4	figs-explicit	וְ⁠חָיָ֑ה	1	будет жив	This means that the guards will not kill this person and he can proceed to speak to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the guards will not kill him and he can speak to the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
481	EST	4	11	abr4	figs-explicit	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י לֹ֤א נִקְרֵ֨אתי֙ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם	1	а меня не приглашали входить к царю вот уже тридцать дней	Esther is saying by implication that she cannot speak to the king as Mordecai has requested because the king has not been calling for her, which would have given her an opportunity to speak to him. If she goes without being summoned, she could be put to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
482	EST	4	11	j49r	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י	1	а меня	This expression indicates a contrast between Esther’s present situation and the situation she has just described. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
483	EST	4	11	abr5		זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם	1	вот уже тридцать дней	The phrase means that Esther has not been called in the king’s presence for a period of at least 30 days. You could use an equivalent expression in your language that would indicate this is a long enough time that Esther has reason to believe the king is not interested in seeing her. Alternate translation: “in over a month”
484	EST	4	11	gv1v	translate-numbers	זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם	1	вот уже тридцать дней	Alternate translation: “thirty days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
485	EST	4	12	abr6		וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֔י	1	И пересказали Мардохею	From this point on, the author focuses only on Mordecai and Esther and does not specify who the messenger is. You can use a general phrase such as, “they told Mordecai” or “Mordecai was told” or “messengers told Mordecai.” If that would be confusing, you can continue to specify that the messenger was Hathak, as the ancient Greek version did. See the UST.
486	EST	4	13	abr7		וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מָרְדֳּכַ֖י לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶל־אֶסְתֵּ֑ר	1	И сказал Мардохей, чтобы ответили Есфири	Alternate translation: “then Mordecai sent back this message to Esther”
487	EST	4	14	i1uy	figs-personification	רֶ֣וַח וְ⁠הַצָּלָ֞ה יַעֲמ֤וֹד לַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ מִ⁠מָּק֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר	1	свобода и помощь утвердятся для иудеев из другого места	Здесь свобода и спасение персонифицируются. Альтернаивный перевод: “Бог изберёт другого человека, чтобы он спас евреев” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
488	EST	4	14	t3k7	figs-doublet	רֶ֣וַח וְ⁠הַצָּלָ֞ה	1	свобода и помощь	Here, relief and deliverance mean very similar things. They are used together to emphasize the great emotion behind being delivered from this great evil. If it works better in your language, you can use one word instead of two, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
489	EST	4	14	abs0		וְ⁠אַ֥תְּ וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖י⁠ךְ תֹּאבֵ֑דוּ	1	а ты и дом твоего отца погибнете	Alternate translation: “you and your relatives will be killed” The implication is that the Jews will be rescued starting in that other place, but the ones living in Susa will still be in danger because no one who could have helped them there (such as Esther) would have done anything.
490	EST	4	14	dtg7	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מִ֣י יוֹדֵ֔עַ אִם־לְ⁠עֵ֣ת כָּ⁠זֹ֔את הִגַּ֖עַתְּ לַ⁠מַּלְכֽוּת	1	и кто знает, не для такого ли времени ты достигла царского звания	Мардохей задаёт Есфири этот вопрос для того, чтобы она глубоко задумалась о своей роли в данной ситуации. Альтернативный перевод: “Кто знает, не для этого ли времени Бог сделал тебя царицей?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
491	EST	4	16	d6cq	figs-activepassive	כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים הַֽ⁠נִּמְצְאִ֣ים בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן	1	всех иудеев, находящихся в Сузах	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live here in Susa” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
492	EST	4	16	t2wg	translate-symaction	וְ⁠צ֣וּמוּ עָ֠לַ⁠י	1	и поститесь за меня	Пост - это символический акт, которым сопровождается усиленная молитва. Вы можете уточнить: “поститесь и молитесь за меня... Я... буду также поститься и молиться” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
493	EST	4	16	qw8v	translate-numbers	וְ⁠אַל־תֹּאכְל֨וּ וְ⁠אַל־תִּשְׁתּ֜וּ שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת יָמִים֙ לַ֣יְלָה וָ⁠י֔וֹם	1	и не ешьте, и не пейте три дня ночью и днём	This expression means that Esther was asking the Jews in Susa not to eat or drink anything during the day or the night for a period of three days. Alternate translation: “tell them to not eat or drink anything for three days and three nights”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
494	EST	4	16	j51r		גַּם־אֲנִ֥י וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתַ֖⁠י אָצ֣וּם כֵּ֑ן	1	Я тоже с моими служанками буду так поститься	Alternate translation: “my maids and I will also fast”
495	EST	4	16	abs2		וּ⁠בְ⁠כֵ֞ן	1	и так	Alternate translation: “after we have all done that, and while still fasting”
496	EST	4	16	abs3		אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַ⁠דָּ֔ת	1	хотя это не по закону	Alternate translation: “even though there is a law against going without being summoned”
497	EST	4	16	abs4		וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי	1	и если погибну — погибну	Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me”
498	EST	4	17	abs5	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	И пошёл Мардохей	The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
499	EST	4	17	abs6		כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר	1	всё так, как приказала ему Есфирь	Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do”
500	EST	5	intro	k5ff			0		# Есфирь 05 Общие замечания<br><br>### Структура и оформление<br><br>С этой главы начинаеся история о падении Амана (см. 5-7 главы).<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Почтительное поведение Есфири<br><br>Есфирь проявила к царю глубокое почтение. Её отношение вызвало в царе ответное почтение (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).<br><br>## Ссылка:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 05:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) \| [>>](../06/intro.md)__
501	EST	5	1	j53r	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י	1	И было: на третий день	This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
502	EST	5	1	abs7	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת	1	и оделась Есфирь в царскую одежду	You can use an adjective and a concrete noun to translate the abstract noun “royalty,” as in the UST, or you could use a phrase to explain what they were. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
503	EST	5	1	abs8	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת	1	и оделась Есфирь в царскую одежду	It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
504	EST	5	1	abs9		בַּ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠פְּנִימִ֔ית	1	во внутреннем дворе дома царя	See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “the inner courtyard of the palace”
505	EST	5	1	uk7p		נֹ֖כַח בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	напротив дома царя	Alternate translation: “across from the room where the king was”
506	EST	5	1	abt0	figs-abstractnouns	וְ֠⁠הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ יוֹשֵׁ֞ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֤א מַלְכוּת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת	1	А царь сидел на троне своего царства в доме царства	Royalty is an abstract noun that refers to those things that belonged only to the king. You can translate this idea with a verb, “the throne he ruled from” and “the palace where he reigned,” or with an adjective, “his royal throne” and “his royal palace.” Alternate translation: “in the throne room of the palace, sitting on the king’s throne” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
507	EST	5	1	j55r		נֹ֖כַח פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	напротив входа в дом	Alternate translation: “facing the entrance of the room”
508	EST	5	2	abt1	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יְהִי֩	1	И было	This expression introduces what happened next. Alternate translation: “Now” or “and” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
509	EST	5	2	abt2		כִ⁠רְא֨וֹת	1	когда увидел	Alternate translation: “when … noticed”
510	EST	5	2	j57r	figs-idiom	נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	она нашла расположение в его глазах	See how you translated similar expressions in 2:9, 2:15, and 2:17. Review the explanations there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus thought Esther looked very attractive as she stood in the court. It could also mean that King Ahasuerus was very pleased to see her. It could mean both. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” or “he approved of her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
511	EST	5	2	pw4x	figs-metaphor	נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	она нашла расположение в его глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
512	EST	5	2	uu8s	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	и протянул царь к Есфири золотой скипетр, который был в его руке	King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said that Esther should be executed for coming into the king’s inner court without being summoned. See how you translated this in 4:11. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
513	EST	5	2	abt3	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	и протянул царь к Есфири золотой скипетр, который был в его руке	King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her to signal that he would be glad to talk to her.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
514	EST	5	2	abt4		וַ⁠תִּקְרַ֣ב	1	И приблизилась	Alternate translation; “so … came close” or “so … came up to the throne”
515	EST	5	2	z4mn	translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠שַּׁרְבִֽיט	1	и прикоснулась к концу скипетра	This action was probably customary for a king’s subjects in a Persian court, when the king extended the royal scepter. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
516	EST	5	2	abt5	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠שַּׁרְבִֽיט	1	и прикоснулась к концу скипетра	This action demonstrated that Esther respected the authority of King Ahasuerus and was thankful for his kindness to her. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include that information here, such as: “… to show that she respected his authority.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
517	EST	5	2	j59r	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠שַּׁרְבִֽיט	1	к концу скипетра	Here, head is a metonym meaning the top (or uppermost part) of an object or location. This phrase means that Esther touched the top of the king’s scepter on the end that was extended toward her. Alternate translation: “the top of the scepter” or “the tip of the scepter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
518	EST	5	3	abt6		מַה־לָּ֖⁠ךְ אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה	1	Что тебе, царица Есфирь	Alternate translation: “What do you want, Queen Esther?”
519	EST	5	3	abt7	figs-parallelism	מַה־לָּ֖⁠ךְ אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ	1	Что тебе, царица Есфирь? И какая у тебя просьба?	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Ahasuerus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that he is very interested in hearing why Esther has come to see him. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if it would be more natural in your language to combine them into one. Alternate translation: “What do you want, Queen Esther?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
520	EST	5	3	j61r	figs-hyperbole	עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠יִנָּ֥תֵֽן לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	До половины царства будет дано тебе	This was probably a formal and customary expression in the Persian royal court, meant to show honor to the person making a request of the king and to indicate the king’s willingness to be very generous when answering the request. King Ahasuerus was almost certainly not offering to give Esther half of his kingdom. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could express the meaning: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is.” Alternate translation: “I will give you what you want, even if you ask me to give you half of my kingdom!” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
521	EST	5	3	c6h7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִנָּ֥תֵֽן לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	будет дано тебе	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for” or “I will give you what you want” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
522	EST	5	4	abt8	figs-idiom	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב	1	Если царю угодно	Есфирь обращалась к царю в третьем лице, чтобы почтить его. Вместо слова “царь” можно использовать местоимение “ты” или другие почительные слова, например, “О царь! Если тебе угодно, приди сегодня с Аманом на пир, который я для тебя приготовила” или “Господин мой! Если пожелаешь, приди сегодня ко мне на пир, приготовленный для тебя” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
523	EST	5	4	m3uy	figs-123person	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב	1	Если царю угодно	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
524	EST	5	4	j63r	figs-123person	יָב֨וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָן֙	1	пусть придёт царь с Аманом	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “O king, please come with Haman” or “you and Haman come” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
525	EST	5	4	abt9	figs-123person	הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽ⁠וֹ	1	пир, который я сделаю для него	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “the banquet that I have prepared for you” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
526	EST	5	4	abu0	figs-yousingular	הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽ⁠וֹ	1	пир, который я сделаю для него	If you decide to translate this as “the banquet that I have prepared for you,” then the word “you” should be singular, since here it refers just to the king. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
527	EST	5	5	abu1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	И сказал царь	The king would have said this to his servants, not to Esther. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The king said to his servants” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
528	EST	5	5	abu2		מַהֲרוּ֙ אֶת־הָמָ֔ן לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֑ר	1	Поторопите Амана, чтобы сделать по слову Есфири	The word of Esther means her invitation to the banquet. Alternate translation: “go and get Haman and bring him quickly to the banquet that Esther has prepared”
529	EST	5	5	abu3		עָשְׂתָ֥ה	1	сделала	Alternate translation: “had prepared for them”
530	EST	5	6	d5wr	figs-parallelism	מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Какое у тебя прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая у тебя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано	Абстрактное существительное “желание” можно заменить глаголами “просить”, “хотеть”: “Что ты хочешь у меня попросить?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
531	EST	5	6	pj3p	figs-explicit	מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Какое у тебя прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая у тебя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано	When Ahasuerus asked Esther in the throne room what she wanted, she said that she wanted him and Haman to come to a banquet she had prepared. But since the king asks her once again at the banquet what she wants, it is clear that he knew this was not her real request. Instead, he knew that she wanted to show him hospitality first, as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship. You can indicate this by translating, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
532	EST	5	6	q5nt	figs-abstractnouns	שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ	1	у тебя прошение… у тебя просьба	Абстрактное существительное “просьба” можно заменить глаголами “просить”, “хотеть”: “О чём ты хочешь меня попросить?”, “Что бы ты хотела получить от меня?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
533	EST	5	6	e2v2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Оно будет дано… будет сделано	Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь” или “Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	EST	5	6	j65r		עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת	1	До половины царства	See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is”
535	EST	5	7	abu5	figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠תַּ֥עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֑ר	1	И ответила… и сказала	Here a single idea is being expressed by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words mean that Esther responded to the question that the king asked her. Alternate translation: “answered” or “replied” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
536	EST	5	7	r4aw	figs-doublet	שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י	1	Вот моё прошение и моя просьба	Слова “желание” и “просьба” являются синонимами, которые, возможно, употреблены вместе для того, чтобы речь была более официальной и почтительной, поскольку Есфирь обращалась к царю (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
537	EST	5	7	abu6	figs-abstractnouns	שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י	1	Вот моё прошение и моя просьба	The two abstract nouns petition and request can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
538	EST	5	8	c2br	figs-idiom	אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	если я нашла расположение в глазах царя	Есфирь обращалась к царю в третьем лице, чтобы почтить его. Вместо слова “царь” можно использовать местоимение “ты” или другие почительные слова, например, “О царь! Если тебе угодно” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
539	EST	5	8	abu7	figs-metaphor	אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	если я нашла расположение в глазах царя	Нашла расположение - это устойчивое выражение, упоребляющееся в значении “если ты мной доволен”. “В глазах царя” - это также идиома, означающая “у тебя”. Можно сказать: “если ты мной доволен”, “если тебе угодно явить мне милость” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
540	EST	5	8	c2jy	figs-123person	אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	если я нашла расположение в глазах царя	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
541	EST	5	8	abu8	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ ט֔וֹב	1	и если царю угодно	This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), and [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
542	EST	5	8	j69r	figs-doublet	לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת־שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־בַּקָּשָׁתִ֑⁠י	1	дать моё прошение и выполнить мою просьбу	The phrases to grant my petition and to perform my request mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “to do what I want” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
543	EST	5	8	x8hf	figs-123person	יָב֧וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	пусть придёт царь и Аман на пир, который я сделаю для них	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “please come with Haman to another banquet that I will prepare for you” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
544	EST	5	8	j71r	figs-youdual	יָב֧וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	пусть придёт царь и Аман на пир, который я сделаю для них	Вместо слова “царь” можно употребить личное местоимение “ты” или почтительные слова: “прошу тебя, приди вместе с Аманом” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
545	EST	5	8	abu9		וּ⁠מָחָ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	и завтра я сделаю по слову царя	Здесь также вместо слова “царь” можер употребить личное местоимение “ты” или почтительные слова. Альтернативный перевод: “я отвечу на твой вопрос” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
546	EST	5	8	gf9b	figs-123person	כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	по слову царя	Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “according to your word” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
547	EST	5	9	abv1		וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א	1	И вышел	Alternate translation: “and … left the banquet”
548	EST	5	9	j73r	figs-doublet	שָׂמֵ֖חַ וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב	1	весёлый и радостный сердцем	The word joyful and the phrase good of heart mean the same thing. These terms are used together to show that Haman was very happy after attending Esther’s banquet with King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “feeling very good” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]
549	EST	5	9	j75r	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב	1	и радостный сердцем	Here, heart figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
550	EST	5	9	dkg6	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹא־קָם֙	1	а он не встал	Люди более низкого положения должны были вставать перед теми, кто занимал более высокое положение. Мардохей не встал перед Аманом и не выразил ему почтения (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551	EST	5	9	j77r	translate-symaction	וְ⁠לֹא־זָ֣ע מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	и не трепетал перед ним	The phrase means that Mordecai was not afraid of Haman or of what Haman might do to him for refusing to show the respect that the king had commanded. Alternate translation: “or tremble fearfully in front of him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
552	EST	5	9	s47u	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה	1	тогда наполнился Аман гневом на Мардохея	Here, Haman’s rage is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	EST	5	10	v5nl	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יִּתְאַפַּ֣ק הָמָ֔ן	1	И сдержался Аман	Сдерживаться - значит не идти на поводу у своих сильных желаний (Аману хотелось излить на Мардохей свой гнев). Альтернативный перевод: “Аман решил не показывать свой гнев” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
554	EST	5	10	bcn1	translate-names	זֶ֥רֶשׁ	1	Зерешь	Это женское имя (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555	EST	5	11	abv4		וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֥ם	1	И рассказывал им	Alternate translation: “then … made a long speech to them about”
556	EST	5	11	mvm5	figs-abstractnouns	כְּב֥וֹד עָשְׁר֖⁠וֹ	1	о славе своего богатства	Слово “богатство” является абстрактным существительным. Альтернативный перевод: “Аман рассказал им о том, насколько богатым он был” или “Аман рассказал им о замечательных вещах, которыми он владел” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
557	EST	5	11	j79r	translate-symaction	וְ⁠רֹ֣ב בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	и множестве своих сыновей	Having many sons was probably seen as a mark of honor and status in Persian culture. This phrase probably means that Haman was boasting about the status he enjoyed in Persian society because he had many sons. Alternate translation: “how many sons he had” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
558	EST	5	11	abv5	figs-gendernotations	בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	своих сыновей	This word can sometimes be used in Hebrew to mean both male and female children. However, here it clearly refers to male children, so you should translate it that way. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
559	EST	5	11	m7fq		גִּדְּל֤⁠וֹ	1	поднял его	Alternate translation: “how the king had continually given him more authority” or “how the king had honored him many times by giving him more important work”
560	EST	5	11	b7c5	figs-metaphor	נִשְּׂא֔⁠וֹ עַל	1	повысил его… над	Повысить в должности - значит предоставить больше власти и полномочий. Альтернативный перевод: “Как царь множество раз повышал его в должности, давая ему ещё больше власти” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
561	EST	5	11	abv6	figs-explicit	הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	правителями и слугами царя	Царь сделал Амана самым великим среди всех остальных своих чиновников. Можно сказать: “как он стал самым великим среди слуг и чиновников царя” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562	EST	5	11	xwvh	figs-doublet	הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	правителями и слугами царя	The words officials and administrators mean similar things. If your language uses one word for these, you can combine them. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
563	EST	5	12	abv7	figs-exclamations	אַ֣ף	1	Более того	Alternate translation: “and that is not all” You can translate it as an exclamation because Haman believes he has saved the best for last and is now introducing what he considers to be his most recent significant honor. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
564	EST	5	12	w1bm	figs-doublenegatives	לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ…כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑⁠י	1	не позвала Есфирь, царица, с царём… никого, кроме меня	This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
565	EST	5	12	abv8		עָשָׂ֖תָה	1	сделала	Alternate translation: “she had prepared”
566	EST	5	12	abv9	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠גַם־לְ⁠מָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖⁠הּ עִם־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	и завтра тоже я приглашён к ней вместе с царём	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	EST	5	13	abw0	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ שֹׁוֶ֖ה לִ֑⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֤י רֹאֶה֙	1	Но от всего этого нет пользы для меня, всё время, пока я вижу	This is a figurative way of speaking. It is as if Haman is weighing his happiness on one side of a scale and his unhappiness on the other side. Haman is saying that his happiness over all the honors he has received is still not greater than his unhappiness over seeing Mordecai fail to honor him, so on balance, he is unhappy. Alternate translation: “I still cannot be happy as long as I keep seeing” or “all of this does not make me happy” or “… does not satisfy me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568	EST	5	13	wu84		וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה	1	Но от всего этого	Haman is continuing to speak here. You can show this by beginning with “Then Haman said.”
569	EST	5	13	abw1	figs-distinguish	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔י	1	этого иудея	This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
570	EST	5	13	abw2	figs-explicit	יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	сидящим у ворот царя	Haman could be referring to the way Mordecai has been refusing to stand up to honor him, or he could be referring generally to the way Mordecai has never honored him (by either bowing or standing up) ever since he was appointed to a position in the king’s service and stationed at the gate. Either way, being reminded of this dishonor is the reason why Haman continues to be unhappy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting at the citadel gate and refusing to honor me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
571	EST	5	13	abw3		בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	у ворот царя	Alternate translation: “the citadel gate”
572	EST	5	14	abw4	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֩ זֶ֨רֶשׁ אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו	1	И сказали ему Зерешь, его жена, и все его друзья	The verb is feminine, so it is Zeresh who is speaking here. By mentioning the friends, it is implied that they are in agreement with what she says. If it would be clearer, you could say, “Then Haman’s wife Zeresh suggested, and his friends agreed.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
573	EST	5	14	j81r		וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו	1	и все его друзья	This means the friends whom Haman had invited to his home that day. Alternate translation: “his friends who were there”
574	EST	5	14	abw5	figs-explicit	יַֽעֲשׂוּ	1	Пусть сделают	You can say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have your servants set up” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
575	EST	5	14	i2f3	figs-metonymy	עֵץ֮	1	дерево	See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
576	EST	5	14	k8zd	translate-bdistance	גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּה֒	1	высотой в пятьдесят локтей	Высотой в 50 локтей. Вы можете сказать “приготовьте двадцатиметровую виселицу” (50 локтей - это примерно 21 метр (прим. пер.)) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
577	EST	5	14	hiui	figs-explicit	אֱמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	скажи царю, и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём	If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
578	EST	5	14	abw7	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём	If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
579	EST	5	14	abw8	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ	1	и иди… на пир радостным	Then indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
580	EST	5	14	bbs9	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן	1	И было приятно это слово Аману	The word was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, face figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
581	EST	5	14	i8is		וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	и он сделал дерево	Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
582	EST	5	14	j83r	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	дерево	Или “виселицу”. Виселица - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой как петля одевался на шею человека (в данном случае вместо столбов и перекладины использовалось дерево - прим. пер.) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
583	EST	6	intro	i9x7			0		# Есфирь 06 Общие замечания<br><br>### Структура и оформление<br><br>В этой главе продолжается история о падении Амана.<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Втреча с царём<br><br>Люди не могли свободно входить к царю. Обычно доступ к нему был очень ограничен. В этой главе говорится об уровнях защиты, окружавшей царя.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 06:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) \| [>>](../07/intro.md)__
584	EST	6	1	j85r	writing-newevent	בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא	1	В ту ночь	This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
585	EST	6	1	abw9	figs-personification	נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	пропал сон царя	Here, sleep is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
586	EST	6	1	abx1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא	1	и сказал он принести	He means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
587	EST	6	1	abx2		סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠זִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים	1	книгу памятных записей хроники дней	This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king”
588	EST	6	1	abx3	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים	1	и они читались	This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
589	EST	6	1	j87r	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	перед царём	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
590	EST	6	2	u4gi	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב	1	И была найдена запись	Both terms found and recorded can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the writers had recorded there” or “they read the part where the writers had written” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
591	EST	6	2	abx4	figs-explicit	הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל	1	Мардохей сообщил о	The implication is that Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering the plot and telling him about it. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering a plot against the king and telling him about it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
592	EST	6	2	abx5	figs-events	הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל	1	Мардохей сообщил о	To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
593	EST	6	2	syd9	translate-names	בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָ⁠תֶ֗רֶשׁ	1	Гавафе и Фарре	These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
594	EST	6	2	abx6	translate-unknown	שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	двух евнухах царя	See how you translated the term eunuch in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
595	EST	6	2	abx7		מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠סַּ֑ף	1	из охранявших порог	See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters”
596	EST	6	2	abx8	figs-metaphor	בִּקְשׁוּ֙	1	задумали	Here, seeking figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597	EST	6	2	j89r	figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד	1	наложить руки	As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression to stretch out a hand means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
598	EST	6	3	lmz6	figs-hendiadys	מַֽה־נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה יְקָ֧ר וּ⁠גְדוּלָּ֛ה לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י	1	Какие честь и величие были сделаны Мардохею	Honor and greatness have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize that Mordecai should certainly have been honored in some grand way for saving the king’s life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this by putting the terms together. For example, you could say, “What great honor was done for Mordecai?” Alternate translation: “what did we do to reward Mordecai or to show that we appreciated what he did” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
599	EST	6	3	aby0	figs-activepassive	נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה	1	были сделаны	Здесь также можно употребить действительный залог. Однако у читателя не должно создасться впечатления, что слуги обвиняют царя. Альтернативный перевод: “Никто ничего не сделал для Мардохея” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
600	EST	6	3	n2az	figs-activepassive	לֹא־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה עִמּ֖⁠וֹ דָּבָֽר	1	Для него ничего не было сделано	You can say this with an active form. However, it would be good to say this in a way that does not create the impression that the young men are accusing the king. Alternate translation: “no one did anything for him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
601	EST	6	3	aby1		עַל־זֶ֑ה	1	за это	Alternate translation: “for saving my life”
602	EST	6	4	aby2	figs-explicit	מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר	1	Кто во дворе	This could mean either: (1) The king knows that there is someone in the courtyard, maybe because he heard someone walking there; he wants to know who it is. (2) Since there are always people around the palace, the king assumes that there must be someone out in the courtyard. In either case, the king wants to know if there is someone there with whom he could consult about the best way to honor Mordecai. As the story has already said in [1:13](../01/13.md), it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king wanted to consult someone about the best way to honor Mordecai, so he asked, ‘who is in the courtyard’” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603	EST	6	4	aby3		מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר	1	Кто во дворе	In order to present the events in logical and chronological order, you can put the king’s question last in the verse if that would be more natural in your language. Haman had already come in the courtyard by the time the king asked this question.
604	EST	6	4	j91r	grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הָמָ֣ן בָּ֗א לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ	1	А Аман пришёл во внешний двор дома царя, чтобы сказать царю, чтобы повесили Мардохея на дереве, которое он приготовил для него	This sentence indicates that Haman had already entered the outer court when King Ahasuerus asked his question. You could indicate this with a phrase such as “at that moment” or “just then” or “while they were talking” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
605	EST	6	4	rg8t		לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה	1	во внешний двор дома царя	Alternate translation: “the outer courtyard of the palace” This phrase is describing the first courtyard a person would come to after entering the palace from the outside.
606	EST	6	4	vu7p		לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י	1	чтобы сказать царю, чтобы повесили Мардохея	Alternate translation: “to tell the king that he wanted to hang Mordecai” or “to tell the king that he wanted to impale Mordecai”
607	EST	6	4	at53		הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ	1	дереве, которое он приготовил для него	Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai”
608	EST	6	4	aby4	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	дереве	See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and [5:14](../05/14.md). Review<br>the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “pole” or “gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
609	EST	6	5	aby5	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	И сказали юноши царя	It is implied that the young men went and looked, perhaps through a window or a doorway, to see who might be in the courtyard before they answered the king. You can say so if it would make the translation clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the young men who served the king looked and saw that Haman was in the courtyard. They said” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
610	EST	6	5	j93r	figs-explicit	הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Вот	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. You could also have the young men address the king directly to get his attention. Alternate translation: “O king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
611	EST	6	5	j95r		יָבֽוֹא	1	Пусть войдёт	Alternate translation: “he may come in”
612	EST	6	6	j97r		וַ⁠יָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	И вошёл Аман, и сказал ему царь	Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
613	EST	6	6	ky5i	figs-123person	מַה־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֕וֹת בָּ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ	1	Что сделать человеку, которого царь желает почтить	Здесь царь говорит о себе в третьем лице. Вместо третьего лица вы можете использовать первое: “Что мне сделать для человека, которому я хочу оказать почесть?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
614	EST	6	6	n3r5	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ	1	которого царь желает почтить	Отличить почестью - это устойчивое выражение, употребляющееся в значении “открыто выразить почтение”, “наградить”. Альтернативный перевод: “которого царь хочет наградить”, “которого царь желает почтить” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
615	EST	6	6	jh4i	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	И сказал Аман в своём сердце	Под “сердцем” подразумевается человеческая душа. Можно сказать: “подумал” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
616	EST	6	6	yft1	figs-rquestion	לְ⁠מִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי	1	Кому пожелает царь сделать честь больше, чем мне	Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: “Царь, безусловно, желает оказать мне честь” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
617	EST	6	7	j1d1	figs-idiom	אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	Человеку, которого царь желает почтить	To delight in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “for a man the king is glad to honor” or “for a man the king wants to honor” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
618	EST	6	7	aby6	figs-123person	אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	Человеку, которого царь желает почтить	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
619	EST	6	8	mz79	figs-explicit	יָבִ֨יאוּ֙	1	пусть принесут	The implication is that the king’s servants would do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let someone bring” or “tell your servants to bring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
620	EST	6	8	aby7	figs-abstractnouns	לְב֣וּשׁ מַלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	царскую одежду, в которую одевается царь	Royalty is an abstract noun that refers to anything that belongs to the king. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal garment.” Alternate translation: “one of your own royal robes that you have already worn yourself” or “one of the robes you wear to show that you are the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
621	EST	6	8	aby8	figs-123person	אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	в которую одевается царь	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “that you have already worn yourself” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
622	EST	6	8	aby9	figs-123person	וְ⁠ס֗וּס אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָכַ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙	1	и коня, на котором ездит	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “a horse that you have already ridden yourself” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
623	EST	6	8	r63j	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	и на голову которого надевают корону царства	This whole phrase refers to the horse. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
624	EST	6	8	abz0	figs-explicit	וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	и на голову которого надевают корону царства	The implication is that this would be done to show that this was one of the king’s own horses. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head to show that it belongs to you” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
625	EST	6	8	abz1	figs-abstractnouns	כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת	1	корону царства	Royalty is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal crown.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
626	EST	6	9	pp3l	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נָת֨וֹן הַ⁠לְּב֜וּשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סּ֗וּס עַל־יַד־אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	и пусть дадут одежду и коня в руки одному из… правителей царя	Here, hand is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. It appears that the king himself would not perform such acts of service to one of his subjects even if he really wanted to honor that person. So Haman is saying that on behalf of the king, representing his authority and power, one of the king’s most noble officials should present the man with the robe and the horse. Alternate translation: “then, on your behalf, have one of your most noble officials present the man with the robe and the horse” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
627	EST	6	9	j1d3	figs-123person	אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֔ים	1	одному из знатнейших правителей царя	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “one of your most noble officials” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
628	EST	6	9	pfz6	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙	1	и пусть оденут	Since them is plural, it likely refers to the king’s servants. You can say this explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “have your servants clothe … with the robe” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
629	EST	6	9	j1d5	figs-idiom	הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ	1	того человека, которого царь желает почтить	To delight in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
630	EST	6	9	abz2	figs-123person	הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ	1	того человека, которого царь желает почтить	Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
631	EST	6	9	abz4		בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	на городскую площадь	This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
632	EST	6	9	qs3k		וְ⁠קָרְא֣וּ	1	и провозглашают	Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out”
633	EST	6	9	j1d7	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	перед ним	Here, face figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
634	EST	6	9	j1d9	figs-idiom	כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	Так делают с человеком, которого царь желает почтить	To delight in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
635	EST	6	9	pwgm	figs-activepassive	כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה	1	Так делают	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
636	EST	6	10	j2d1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	И сказал царь	The implication is that the king liked Haman’s suggestion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king liked this idea, so he replied” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
637	EST	6	10	abz5		כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבַּ֔רְתָּ וַֽ⁠עֲשֵׂה־כֵן֙	1	как ты сказал, и сделай так	Ничего не забудь - значит “сделай всё, что ты сказал”. Вместо отрицательной конструкции можно использовать утвердительную: “убедись в том, что ты сделал всё, что сказал”.
638	EST	6	10	abz6	figs-idiom	הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	сидящим у ворот царя	As in [2:19](../02/19.md), this is likely an idiom which means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the king’s gate” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
639	EST	6	10	abz7	figs-123person	הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	сидящим у ворот царя	Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the gate to the palace” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
640	EST	6	10	gln7	figs-metaphor	אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר	1	и не упусти ничего	Here the action of letting fall is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641	EST	6	10	abz8	figs-doublenegatives	אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר	1	и не упусти ничего	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
642	EST	6	11	abz9		וַ⁠יַּרְכִּיבֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	и вывел его верхом на городскую площадь	See how you translated these expressions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “seated him on the horse and then led the horse through the public square of the city”
643	EST	6	11	j2d5	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	и провозглашал перед ним	Here, face figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
644	EST	6	11	j2d7	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	которого царь желает почтить	To delight in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
645	EST	6	12	uri5	translate-symaction	אָבֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ	1	скорбя и с покрытой головой	Люди обычно покрывали голову в знак глубокого горя или стыда (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
646	EST	6	13	j3d1	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן	1	И рассказал Аман	The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told …” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
647	EST	6	13	aca1	figs-explicit	כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ	1	всём, что с ним случилось	The implication is that he told about the things that had happened to him “that day.” If that would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
648	EST	6	13	aca2	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨⁠וֹ חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠זֶ֣רֶשׁ	1	И сказали ему его мудрецы и Зерешь	The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
649	EST	6	13	aca3		חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו	1	его мудрецы	See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
650	EST	6	13	fd5k	figs-metaphor	אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙	1	Если… Мардохей, перед которым ты начал падать	Зерешь имеет в виду противостояние, возникшее между Аманом и Мардохеем. Аман начинает проигрывать Мардохею. “Начал падать” - значит “терпишь поражение и позор”. Альтернативный перевод: “который унизил тебя,.. несомненно будешь им побеждён” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651	EST	6	13	j3d3	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙	1	перед которым	Here, face figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase either means (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
652	EST	6	13	p5t2	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים	1	из семени иудеев	Here, seed is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
653	EST	6	13	nan5	figs-metaphor	לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ	1	тебе его не пересилить	Ты не сможешь ему противостоять. “Пересилить” - значит “заслужить больше почестей по сравнению с Мардохеем”. Можно сказать: “ты не сможешь стать более почётным, чем он” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
654	EST	6	13	j3d5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּֽי	1	но	This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
655	EST	6	13	j3d7	figs-metaphor	נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל	1	падением упадёшь ты	Here the action of falling (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
656	EST	6	13	j3d9	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו	1	перед ним	Here, face figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
657	EST	6	14	j4d1	grammar-connect-time-background	עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Пока они ещё разговаривали с ним	This phrase indicates something that happened after Haman’s wife and friends started talking with Haman and while they were still talking. You should indicate this with a phrase such as “while.” Alternate translation: “while they were still talking together, the king’s eunuchs arrived” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
658	EST	6	14	aca4	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	евнухи царя	See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
659	EST	6	14	aca5		וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן	1	и поторопили, чтобы отвести Амана	Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
660	EST	6	14	aca6	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר	1	который сделала Есфирь	Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
661	EST	7	intro	x4w3			0		# Есфирь 07 Общие замечания<br><br>### Структура и оформление<br><br>В этой главе завершается история о падении Амана.<br><br>### Прочие трудности, возникающие при переводе данной главы<br><br>#### Аману накрыли лицо<br><br>Когда слуги царя “накрыли лицо Аману”, это означало, что он был осуждён и приговорён к смерти (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]]).<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 07:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../06/intro.md) \| [>>](../08/intro.md)__
662	EST	7	1	n8vb	figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה	1	И пришли царь и Аман пиршествовать с Есфирью, царицей	Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
663	EST	7	2	xt9f	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙	1	на второй день	This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
664	EST	7	2	s5ae		בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	на пире вина	Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
665	EST	7	2	yks7	figs-parallelism	מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Какое твоё прошение… Оно будет дано тебе. И какая твоя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано	Абстрактное существительное “желание” может быть переведено глаголами “просить”, “хотеть”: “О чём ты хотела меня попросить?”, “Что ты хотела от меня?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
666	EST	7	2	p1xt	figs-explicit	מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ	1	Какое твоё прошение	Ahasuerus has now allowed Esther to show her hospitality at two banquets. But he knows that she has done this as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship, and that this signals that she has an important and urgent request to make. You can indicate this by having the king ask, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
667	EST	7	2	sem7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Оно будет дано… будет сделано	Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: “я дам тебе всё, о чём ты меня попросишь” или “я выполню любую твою просьбу” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
668	EST	7	2	j4d3	figs-abstractnouns	שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ	1	твоё прошение… твоя просьба	The two abstract nouns petition and request can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “what you really want” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
669	EST	7	2	j4d5	figs-hyperbole	עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת	1	До половины царства	See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
670	EST	7	3	ac96	figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֔ר	1	И ответила… и сказала	Здесь также можно употребить действиетльный залог: “Если ты попросишь у меня даже полцарства, я дам его тебе” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
671	EST	7	3	k27c	figs-idiom	אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах	Приобрести расположение - это идиома, означающая “снискать милость”. “В твоих глазах” - это метафора со значением “перед тобой”. Можно сказать: “Если я снискала милость перед тобой” или “если ты мной доволен” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
672	EST	7	3	aca7	figs-metonymy	אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673	EST	7	3	j4d7		הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	царь	In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way.
674	EST	7	3	aca8	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב	1	и если угодно царю	This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
675	EST	7	3	aca9	figs-parallelism	תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י	1	пусть будут подарены мне моя душа, по моему прошению, и мой народ, по моей просьбе	The phrases at my petition and at my request mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
676	EST	7	3	j4d9	figs-activepassive	תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙	1	пусть будут подарены мне моя душа	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please spare my life” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
677	EST	7	3	bvi1	figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י	1	по моему прошению	Абстрактное существительное “просба” может быть заменено глаголом “просить”: “вот о чём я тебя попрошу” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
678	EST	7	3	qghp	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	и мой народ	If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
679	EST	7	3	j5d1	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י	1	по моей просьбе	The abstract noun request can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “rhat is what I am asking for” or “rhat is what I want” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
680	EST	7	4	acb1	figs-metaphor	כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙	1	Потому что проданы мы	Это метафора, означающая “мы были преданы”. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: “люди предали нас” или “кто-то предал нас врагам” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
681	EST	7	4	fhs7	figs-activepassive	כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙	1	Потому что проданы мы	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has sold us” or “for someone has put us in danger of our enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
682	EST	7	4	e9cx	figs-doublet	לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד	1	на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель	Эти три слова являются синонимами, но используются вместе для усиления мысли. Вместо существительных можно употребить глаголы: “чтобы наши враги нас убили, истребили и погубили” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
683	EST	7	4	yg01	figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד	1	на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель	If your language does not use abstract nouns such as these, you can replace them with one or more verbs. Alternate translation: “and they are going to kill every one of us” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
684	EST	7	4	acb2		וְ֠⁠אִלּוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֨ים וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁפָח֤וֹת נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙	1	И если бы мы были проданы рабами и рабынями	Alternate translation: “if the men and even the women had been sold into slavery”
685	EST	7	4	j5d3	figs-hyperbole	אֵ֥ין הַ⁠צָּ֛ר שֹׁוֶ֖ה בְּ⁠נֵ֥זֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	враг не сто́ит того, чтобы беспокоить царя	Esther is speaking very deferentially and with some exaggeration in order to impress on the king how important this is to her. She is saying that it would have been worth less to her to see her people rescued from slavery than it would have been to see the king spared the trouble of intervening on their behalf. (Haman uses the expression of “not equal” in this same sense in [5:13](../05/13.md).) Alternate translation: “that would have been a matter too small to bother you with” or “that would be a small matter to a king like you, but this is very much worse” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
686	EST	7	4	acb4	figs-123person	הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	царя	Esther addresses King Ahasuerus in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “you” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
687	EST	7	5	acb5	figs-doublet	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	И сказал… и сказал	These two words mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “responded” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
688	EST	7	5	acb6	figs-parallelism	מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא	1	Кто это такой, и где тот	These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
689	EST	7	5	acb7		מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא	1	Кто это такой, и где тот	Alternate translation: “who has done this”
690	EST	7	5	dl4b	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן	1	и где тот, кто осмелился в своём сердце так сделать	Here the concept of a full heart uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
691	EST	7	6	j5d5	figs-doublet	צַ֣ר וְ⁠אוֹיֵ֔ב	1	враг и недруг	These words mean the same thing. Together, they emphasize Haman’s complete hostility towards the Jews. If it is more natural in your language, you can combine them and indicate the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “the one who is our absolute nemesis” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
692	EST	7	6	ar4f		נִבְעַ֔ת	1	ужаснулся	Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid”
693	EST	7	6	j5d9	figs-metonymy	נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י	1	ужаснулся перед	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
694	EST	7	7	bzd4	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ קָ֤ם בַּ⁠חֲמָת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠מִּשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	И царь встал в своём гневе от питья вина и пошёл	Быть в гневе - значит “испытывать сильный гнев”. Можно сказать: “Царь пришёл в ярость и поднялся со своего места” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
695	EST	7	7	j6d1	figs-explicit	אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַ⁠בִּיתָ֑ן	1	в сад дворца	The implication is that Ahasuerus went outside to absorb the shock that a man he had promoted to the highest position in his empire was plotting to destroy his queen and her whole people. Ahasuerus needed to sort out his conflicting loyalties and decide what to do about this. If it is clearer, you can say explicitly why he went outside. Alternate translation: “he went outside to the palace garden to decide what to do.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
696	EST	7	7	uaq6	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙	1	умолять о своей душе	Here, seeking figuratively means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
697	EST	7	7	qz1m	figs-metaphor	כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה	1	потому что видел	Here, seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
698	EST	7	7	nin1	figs-activepassive	כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	определено ему зло от царя	Здесь можно употребить действительный залог, а абстрактное словосочетание “злая участь” можно заменить на глаголы “убить”, “казнить”: “царь принял решение его убить” или “царь был намерен его казнить” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
699	EST	7	7	j6d3	figs-abstractnouns	כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	определено ему зло от царя	Here the abstract noun evil means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
700	EST	7	8	j6d5	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩…וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל	1	И царь вернулся… а Аман припал	The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned …, he saw that Haman had fallen …” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
701	EST	7	8	h4c7	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь	The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “… as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
702	EST	7	8	acb8	figs-events	וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь	If you prefer to present the events in chronological order, you can put this information first in the verse. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
703	EST	7	8	acb9	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь	The expression was fallen means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
704	EST	7	8	acc0		הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	кушетке, на которой была Есфирь	In this culture, especially at a banquet like this one, wealthy people would recline on couches as they ate and drank. Alternate translation: “Esther’s banqueting couch”
705	EST	7	8	thq6	figs-rquestion	הֲ֠⁠גַם לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	Ещё и насиловать царицу со мной в доме	Царь произносит данную фразу, чтобы выразить негодование и ярость из-за поступка Амана. Данное предложение может быть как восклицательным, так и вопросительным: “Неужели ты собрался ещё и царицу изнасиловать в моём доме?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
706	EST	7	8	l4ce	figs-euphemism	לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה	1	насиловать царицу	The story is using a mild expression to refer to something that is disturbing. In this context, “subdue” means “rape.” The king thought that Haman was trying to rape Esther, and he likely said just that. You can show this in your translation if you want to make this clear. Alternate translation: “trying to rape the queen” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
707	EST	7	8	acc1	figs-parallelism	עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	со мной в доме	These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. However, each one does indicate something slightly different about what a serious offense it would be if Haman actually were trying to rape Esther. It would be a violation of the king’s personal trust and a violation of the trust implicit in hospitality. So you can also include both phrases. Alternate translation: “in my presence and in my own house” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
708	EST	7	8	adq6	figs-idiom	הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר יָצָא֙ מִ⁠פִּ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Это слово вышло из уст царя	This expression describes the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king said this” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
709	EST	7	8	acc2	grammar-connect-time-background	הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר…וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ	1	Это слово… и лицо Амана накрыли	Скорее всего, слуги сделали это, поскольку поняли, что царь отдал приказ о казни Амана. Альтернативный перевод: “слуги закрыли лицо Амана в знак того, что он был приговорён к смерти” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
710	EST	7	8	j6d9	figs-explicit	וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ	1	и лицо Амана накрыли	The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
711	EST	7	8	acc3	translate-symaction	וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ	1	и лицо Амана накрыли	Covering the face in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
712	EST	7	9	a7ic	translate-names	חַ֠רְבוֹנָה	1	Харбона	Это мужское имя (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
713	EST	7	9	j7d1	figs-metonymy	אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	один из евнухов перед лицом царя	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
714	EST	7	9	acc4	translate-unknown	הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	евнухов перед лицом царя	See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
715	EST	7	9	j7d3		הִנֵּה	1	вот	Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!”
716	EST	7	9	acc5		גַּ֣ם…הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן	1	А… ещё дерево, которое сделал Аман для Мардохея… оно стоит в доме Амана	Alternate translation:“Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it”
717	EST	7	9	j7d5	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ	1	дерево	See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [6:4](../06/04.md). Review the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
718	EST	7	9	j7d7	figs-idiom	לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁ֧ר דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	для Мардохея, который говорил доброе для царя	This expression means that Mordecai said something that benefitted the king. Specifically, Mordecai reported an assassination plot and saved the king’s life. Alternate translation: “Mordecai, who saved the king’s life.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
719	EST	7	9	j7d9	figs-123person	דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	говорил доброе для царя	Harbona addresses the king in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “saved your life” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
720	EST	7	9	acc6		עֹמֵד֙	1	оно стоит	Alternate translation: “is set up”
721	EST	7	9	sre1	translate-bdistance	גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה	1	высотой в пятьдесят локтей	Данную меру можно перевести в метры. См., как вы перевели аналогичное выражение в [Есфирь 5:14](../05/14.md). Альтернативный перевод: “двадцатиметровая виселица” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
722	EST	7	9	acc7	figs-explicit	תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	Повесьте его на нём	Him means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723	EST	7	10	j8d3	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	дереве	As in the previous verse, this refers to a wooden pole or gallows. See how you translated the term there. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
724	EST	7	10	umd4	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה	1	и гнев царя утих	Гнев царя сравнивается с разгоревшимся огнём, который начал угасать. Альтернативный перевод: “ярость царя утихла” или “царь перестал гневаться” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
725	EST	8	intro	z6j7			0		# Есфирь 08 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Божья защита<br><br>Господь начинает действовать и предотвращает гибель евреев. Он использует Есфирь и Мардохея, чтобы защитить Свой народ.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 08:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) \| [>>](../09/intro.md)__
726	EST	8	1	j8d5	writing-newevent	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	В тот день	This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
727	EST	8	1	j8d7	figs-synecdoche	נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן	1	дал царь Артаксеркс Есфири, царице, дом Амана	Here, house figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
728	EST	8	1	nm3u	figs-distinguish	צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים	1	врага иудеев	This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
729	EST	8	1	acc9	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	а Мардохей пришёл перед лицо царя	The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
730	EST	8	1	j8d9	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	перед лицо царя	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
731	EST	8	1	acd0	figs-events	הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ	1	Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё	Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST.<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
732	EST	8	1	j9d1	figs-explicit	הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ	1	Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё	Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. You can say this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
733	EST	8	2	m5hz	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ…וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	И снял царь свой перстень… и отдал его Мардохею	Передача перстня означала передачу власти: теперь Мардохей имел право скреплять важные документы царской печатью, и люди должны были повиноваться всему, что писалось в указах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
734	EST	8	2	acd1	translate-unknown	טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	свой перстень	На царском перстне были выгравированы имя царя или его символы. <br>На важных докуменах ставилась печать: составитель наливал воск на край страницы и вдавливал в него печать. Если на документе имелась царская печать, то читающий знал, что он должен был подчиниться указу. См. [Есфирь 3:10](../03/10.md) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
735	EST	8	2	j9d3	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן	1	который отнял у Амана	This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
736	EST	8	2	acd2	figs-events	אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן	1	который отнял у Амана	If it is clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
737	EST	8	2	z5yn	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י	1	и отдал его Мардохею	By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
738	EST	8	2	acd3	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן	1	И поставила Есфирь Мардохея над домом Амана	To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
739	EST	8	2	d2tj	figs-metonymy	בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן	1	домом Амана	Речь идёт об имуществе Амана, которое царь передал Есфири. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
740	EST	8	3	j9d5	writing-newevent	וַ⁠תּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	И продолжала Есфирь говорить перед царём	Here the exact meaning of the progression of verbs is uncertain, but this verse probably begins a new event in the story separate from what happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then Esther again spoke in the king’s presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
741	EST	8	3	j9d7	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	перед царём	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
742	EST	8	3	j9d9	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	и пала к его ногам	Here, falling is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and face figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
743	EST	8	3	acd4	translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	и пала к его ногам	This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
744	EST	8	3	acd5	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	и пала к его ногам	Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. You can show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
745	EST	8	3	j1r1	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	к его ногам	Here, face is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
746	EST	8	3	jmn7	figs-idiom	לְ⁠הַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י	1	отменить зло Амана, вугеянина	Прекратить злобу - значит “положить ей конец”. Можно сказать: “положил конец злым замыслам Амана-вугеянина” или “остановил зло, которое начал Аман-вугеянин” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
747	EST	8	3	bp22	translate-names	הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י	1	вугеянина	This is the name of Haman’s people group. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
748	EST	8	3	c2hw		מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב	1	его замысел, который он задумал	Alternate translation: “and the plot that he had invented” or “and the plot that Haman invented”
749	EST	8	4	xh24	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב	1	И протянул царь к Есфири золотой скипетр	As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
750	EST	8	4	acd7	translate-unknown	שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב	1	золотой скипетр	See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
751	EST	8	4	acd8		וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר	1	и поднялась Есфирь	Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor”
752	EST	8	4	j1r5	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	перед царём	Here, face figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
753	EST	8	5	w7yl	figs-parallelism	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְ⁠כָשֵׁ֤ר הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Если угодно царю… и справедливо это дело перед царём	Приобрести милость - значит “снискать расположение”. Альтернативный перевод: “если ты мной доволен” или “если я заслуживаю твоей милости” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
754	EST	8	5	r2yy	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…וְ⁠טוֹבָ֥ה אֲנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	и если я нашла расположение перед ним… и я приятна в его глазах	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king is positively disposed towards her, that he thinks well of her, and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
755	EST	8	5	acd9	figs-123person	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו	1	Если угодно царю и если я нашла расположение перед ним	Here Esther addresses the king throughout in the third person as a way of showing respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
756	EST	8	5	ace0	figs-idiom	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). A suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But in another place, [7:3](../07/03.md), when Esther was pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people, the suggested alternate translation was, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” Here, Esther is also pleading, so you could use that phrase here in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
757	EST	8	5	ftc7	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן	1	и если я нашла расположение	This expression also appears many times in the story. It means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
758	EST	8	5	j1r7	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	перед ним… перед царём	Перед царём - это метафора, означающая “по твоему мнению”. Можно сказать: “если ты считаешь мою просьбу правильной” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
759	EST	8	5	xci7	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	в его глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
760	EST	8	5	j1r9	figs-idiom	יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים	1	пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма	The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, bring back is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
761	EST	8	5	nbk3	figs-activepassive	יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים	1	пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762	EST	8	6	j2r5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֠י	1	Потому что	Есфирь использует данный вопрос, чтобы показать, в какою глубокую скорбь её повергнет гибель евреев. Альтернативный перевод: “Я не вынесу, если увижу бедствие моего народа. Я не переживу, если увижу гибель моих родных” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
763	EST	8	6	udt6	figs-rquestion	אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י	1	как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных	Esther is actually making a statement, but she expresses herself in question form to show how strongly she feels about what she is saying. She does not actually expect the king to tell her how she could bear seeing her people destroyed. Alternate translation: “I cannot bear to see disaster fall on the Jews” or “I cannot endure watching my relatives be killed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
764	EST	8	6	ace1	figs-parallelism	אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י	1	как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных	These two sentences mean basically the same thing. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I could not bear to see my relatives and my whole people destroyed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
765	EST	8	6	ace2	figs-abstractnouns	בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом	Even though it was morally very wrong for Haman to want to destroy Mordecai’s whole people, here the abstract noun evil likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md). It means the same thing as “destruction” in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “my people being destroyed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
766	EST	8	6	ace3	figs-idiom	יִמְצָ֣א	1	произойдёт	As in [1:5](../01/05.md), find is an idiom that means something exists in a certain place or time, not that people were looking for it and located it. Esther is speaking of the harm that will exist for the Jews if the effect of Haman’s letters is not undone. Alternate translation: “would be destroyed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
767	EST	8	6	ace4	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן	1	гибель	This abstract noun can be expressed with a verb such as “destroyed.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
768	EST	8	6	ace5		מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י	1	моих родных	Alternate translation: “my relatives”
769	EST	8	7	j2r7		הִנֵּ֨ה	1	Вот	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
770	EST	8	7	ace6		בֵית־הָמָ֜ן נָתַ֣תִּי לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר	1	дом Амана я дал Есфири	See the note about this expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “I have given Esther all the property that belonged to Haman” or “I have given Esther the household of Haman”
771	EST	8	7	h44h	figs-metonymy	בֵית־הָמָ֜ן	1	дом Амана	Here, house is a metonym meaning the entire household of Haman. Alternate translation: “the household of Haman” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
772	EST	8	7	ace7	figs-events	וְ⁠אֹת⁠וֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ	1	а его повесили на дереве	Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
773	EST	8	7	ace8	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ	1	дереве	See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [6:4](../06/04.md), [7:9](../07/09.md), and [7:10](../07/10.md). Review the note to<br>[2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
774	EST	8	7	j2r9	figs-idiom	שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖⁠וֹ	1	он наложил руки	Here the expression \\to stretch out a hand\\ means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
775	EST	8	8	acf0		וְ֠⁠אַתֶּם	1	А вы	Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
776	EST	8	8	acf1		כִּתְב֨וּ עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	напишите об иудеях, как хорошо в ваших глазах	Alternate translation: “I am giving you permission to write other letters to save your people”
777	EST	8	8	j3r1	figs-metaphor	כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	как хорошо в ваших глазах	Here, eyes figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
778	EST	8	8	j3mn	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	именем царя	Here, name is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779	EST	8	8	acf2	figs-123person	בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	именем царя	King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
780	EST	8	8	j3r3	translate-unknown	בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	перстнем царя	This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
781	EST	8	8	acf3	figs-123person	בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	перстнем царя	King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
782	EST	8	8	j3r5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	потому что	Here, King Ahasuerus is expressing the reason why he cannot simply revoke the first letter and also why Esther and Mordecai can write another letter that people must obey. Alternate translation: “you see” or “people will obey your letter because” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
783	EST	8	8	acf4		אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב	1	нельзя отменить	As in verse 5, this expression means “revoke.” Alternate translation: “no one can revoke” or “no one can nullify”
784	EST	8	8	acf5		כְתָ֞ב…אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב	1	письмо… нельзя отменить	If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this first in the verse because it explains why Ahasuerus answers Esther and Mordecai in the way that he does. See the UST.
785	EST	8	8	acf6	figs-explicit	כְתָ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־נִכְתָּ֣ב בְּ⁠שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠נַחְתּ֛וֹם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	письмо, которое написано именем царя и скреплено перстнем царя	Между словом “письма” и “нельзя вернуть” указывается причина, по которой этого нельзя сделать. Вы можете уточнить, почему царь не смог аннулировать указ Амана: “я не могу отменить изданный указ, потому что он был написан от имени царя и скреплен царским перстнем” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
786	EST	8	9	acf7	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	И были созваны писари царя	Можно уточнить: “царь созвал писарей”. Читатели должны понять, что царь отдал приказ своим слугам, чтобы те собрали к нему писарей (царь лично не созывал их громким голосом) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
787	EST	8	9	s4ue	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	И были созваны писари царя	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king called his scribes” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
788	EST	8	9	acf8		וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	И были созваны писари царя	If you use an expression such as “called,” make sure your readers will understand that the king likely sent an official to go and bring the scribes back with him. The king did not call out in a loud voice to get them to come.
789	EST	8	9	j4r1	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י	1	в третий месяц	Alternate translation: “in month three” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
790	EST	8	9	acf9	figs-explicit	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י	1	в третий месяц	Alternate translation: “in the third month of the year” It would still be the same year as in [3:7](../03/07.md), the twelfth year that Ahasuerus reigned as king of Persia. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
791	EST	8	9	j356	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן	1	он же месяц Сиван	Sivan is the name of the third month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “the month of Sivan” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
792	EST	8	9	acg1		הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן	1	он же месяц Сиван	The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court, but for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. This month overlaps with May and June on a Western calendar.
793	EST	8	9	j4r3	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒	1	в двадцать третий день его	Alternation translation: “on day 23” or “on the twenty-third day of the month” The exact date of the letter helps to establish its legal authority. This would be on June 25th of a Western calendar. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
794	EST	8	9	sz6j	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מָרְדֳּכַ֣י	1	и было написано всё так, как приказал Мардохей	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they wrote in a letter everything that Mordecai dictated to them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
795	EST	8	9	acg2	figs-explicit	אֶל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים	1	к иудеям	It appears from verse 11 that the letter would have been addressed specifically to the Jews in the empire, telling them that the king had authorized them to defend themselves. But copies were also sent to all the royal and provincial officials. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter addressed the Jews in the empire, but copies were also sent” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
796	EST	8	9	acg3		וְ⁠אֶ֣ל הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִֽים־וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת	1	и сатрапам, и начальникам и правителям областей	See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md), where they were used to describe who received Haman’s letter. These are all people in government positions. The first one is the governor of the province and the other two are rulers under him who govern cities or smaller areas. If your language uses one term for all of these, you could use that with a descriptive phrase such as “to the government leaders of each province and also to the leaders under him.”
797	EST	8	9	acg4		אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֗וּשׁ שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה	1	которые от Индии до Ефиопии — ста двадцати семи областей	This is background information explaining how far this new letter had to be sent. See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “the empire of Ahasuerus had 127 provinces, stretching all the way from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west”
798	EST	8	9	zp4q	translate-numbers	שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה	1	ста двадцати семи областей	Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
799	EST	8	9	j4r5	figs-idiom	מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙	1	в каждую область	Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См. [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
800	EST	8	9	bj5s		כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ	1	на её письменности	Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
801	EST	8	9	j4r7	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	и к каждому народу	This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
802	EST	8	9	j4r9	figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ	1	на его языке	Here, tongue figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
803	EST	8	9	j5r1		וְ⁠אֶ֨ל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁוֹנָֽ⁠ם	1	и к иудеям на их языке и их письменности	The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
804	EST	8	10	acg5		וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם	1	И написал он… и скрепил	He refers to Mordecai. You can use his name here if that would be clearer in your language.
805	EST	8	10	ijp2	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠שֵׁם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ	1	именем царя Артаксеркса	Here, name is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806	EST	8	10	jf31	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	и скрепил перстнем царя	This means that Mordecai sealed the letters with this ring. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he sealed the letters with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
807	EST	8	10	yt4j	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠יַד֩ הָ⁠רָצִ֨ים בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֜ים	1	руками посланников на лошадях	As in [3:13](../03/13.md), hand could mean two different things. (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the runners carried the letters in their hands. (2) It could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that runners were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers on horseback delivered the letters” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
808	EST	8	10	acg6		רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים	1	ездящих верхом на быстрых царских конях, особо выращенных	Царские жеребцы считались лучшей породой коней. Лошади, использовавшиеся на службе у царя, были потомками тех жеребцов. Альтернативный перевод: “на лучших конях” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
809	EST	8	10	p9uc	figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים	1	особо выращенных	Here, sons is a metonym meaning the offspring of royal livestock. Alternate translation: “the offspring of the king’s horses” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
810	EST	8	11	j5r5	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־עִיר־וָ⁠עִ֗יר	1	в любом городе	This expression means “in each and every city.” It is possibly referring to the entire empire by naming one part of it, its cities. The story says in [9:19](../09/19.md) that<br>not just Jews living in cities but Jews living in rural areas also defended themselves. It is likely that the messengers only published the news in the cities and not the entire countryside, but the news was certainly intended for everyone, not only people living in the cities. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire” or “in each and every city” or “in every single city” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
811	EST	8	11	e1mj	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הִקָּהֵל֮ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ⁠ם֒	1	собираться и стоять за свои души	Here, to stand is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “to join together and fight for their lives” or “to join together and fight back” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812	EST	8	11	j5r7	figs-doublet	לְ⁠הַשְׁמִיד֩ וְ⁠לַ⁠הֲרֹ֨ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד	1	истреблять, и убивать, и уничтожать	These words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is being described. See how you translated this in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “completely destroy” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
813	EST	8	11	acg7	figs-metonymy	כָּל־חֵ֨יל עַ֧ם וּ⁠מְדִינָ֛ה הַ⁠צָּרִ֥ים אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	всю силу народа и области, враждующих с ними	Strength is a figurative way of referring to an army or to a person carrying weaponry. Alternate translation: “the army of any people or province that attacked them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
814	EST	8	11	acg8		טַ֣ף וְ⁠נָשִׁ֑ים	1	детей и женщин	Alternate translation: “they could also kill the wives and children of the armed men”
815	EST	8	11	acg9		וּ⁠שְׁלָלָ֖⁠ם לָ⁠בֽוֹז	1	и грабить их имущество	See how you translated this expression in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “and take everything that belonged to them”
816	EST	8	12	ach0	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	в один день	This was the day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews in<br>[3:13](../03/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation:<br>“on the same day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
817	EST	8	12	ach1		בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	по всем областям царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translation: “in every province of the kingdom”
818	EST	8	12	j6r3	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר	1	в тринадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on day 13” or “on the thirteenth day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
819	EST	8	12	hi2y	translate-ordinal	לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר	1	двенадцатого месяца	Alternate translation: “of month 12” or “of the twelfth month” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
820	EST	8	12	ach2	figs-explicit	לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר	1	двенадцатого месяца	Implicitly, this means “the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
821	EST	8	12	j6r4	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	то есть месяца Адара	This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you<br>translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
822	EST	8	13	j6r5	figs-activepassive	פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙	1	Копию этого письма дать… как указ	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials to proclaim this as a law” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
823	EST	8	13	j6r7	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה	1	в каждую область	This expression means “in each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
824	EST	8	13	ach4	figs-activepassive	גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עַמִּ֑ים	1	объявляемый для всех народов	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials in every single province to post copies where everyone could see them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
825	EST	8	13	ach5		וְ⁠לִ⁠הְי֨וֹת הַיְּהוּדִ֤ים עֲתִידִים֙ לַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	чтобы иудеи были готовы к тому дню	Alternate translation: “that way the Jews would get ready to do what the letter said when the day came”
826	EST	8	13	qk1d	figs-idiom	לְ⁠הִנָּקֵ֖ם מֵ⁠אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	мстить своим врагам	This expression, “to take revenge from” another person, means to correct a wrong they have done. In this context, the phrase means to correct the wrong of the original law that gave people permission to kill the Jews. Alternate translation: “and fight back against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
827	EST	8	14	ach7		הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים	1	Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях	See how you translated this in [8:10](../08/10.md). Alternate translation: “messengers riding on fast horses that were used for the king’s business”
828	EST	8	14	ach6	figs-activepassive	מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	торопясь и спеша с приказом царя	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded the couriers to deliver the letters as quickly as possible” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
829	EST	8	14	b69j	figs-doublet	מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים	1	торопясь и спеша	These two terms mean almost the same thing and are used together to emphasize the fact that the couriers were told to deliver the letters as quickly as possible. Alternate translation: “they went immediately” or “as quickly as possible” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
830	EST	8	14	ach8	figs-events	הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים	1	Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях	To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
831	EST	8	14	j6r9	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה	1	и указ был дан	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
832	EST	8	15	j7r3	writing-newevent	וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י יָצָ֣א	1	И Мардохей вышел	This introduces a new event in the story. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
833	EST	8	15	j7r5	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ	1	от царя	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834	EST	8	15	ach9	figs-explicit	בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָ⁠ח֔וּר וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְ⁠תַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן	1	в царской одежде голубого и белого цвета, и с большой золотой короной, и в фиолетовой мантии из виссона	The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you can place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
835	EST	8	15	aci1		בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת	1	в царской одежде голубого	Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn”
836	EST	8	15	aci2		וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה	1	и с большой золотой короной	Alternate translation: “a large golden crown”
837	EST	8	15	eqc4	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה	1	и город Сузы восклицал и радовался	Here, the city represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
838	EST	8	15	i1ec	figs-hendiadys	צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה	1	восклицал и радовался	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word rejoiced tells how they cheered. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
839	EST	8	15	aci3	figs-explicit	צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה	1	восклицал и радовался	The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
840	EST	8	16	q2ru	figs-metaphor	הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה	1	были свет	Возможные значения: 1) под “светом” подразумевается “счастье”: “были счастье и радость”; 2) речь идёт об успехе и безопасности: “радовались о своей безопасности” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
841	EST	8	16	aci4	figs-doublet	הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה	1	были свет и радость	The terms light and joy refer to the same thing here.<br>They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt.<br>Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
842	EST	8	16	j8r1	figs-doublet	וְ⁠שָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִ⁠יקָֽר	1	и веселье, и честь	These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
843	EST	8	16	n94u	figs-explicit	וִ⁠יקָֽר	1	и честь	Here, honor might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
844	EST	8	17	k1eh	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֨ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֜ה	1	И в каждой области	Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
845	EST	8	17	j8r3	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֗יר	1	и в каждом городе	This expression means “each and every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
846	EST	8	17	va7t	figs-personification	מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ	1	в месте, куда доходили приказ царя и его указ	Доходил - то есть “был доставлен”. Можно сказать: “куда бы гонцы царя ни доставляли его указ” или “где бы ни зачитывали царское повеление” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
847	EST	8	17	j8r5	figs-doublet	שִׂמְחָ֤ה וְ⁠שָׂשׂוֹן֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	у иудеев были радость и веселье	The terms joy and rejoicing have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews rejoiced greatly” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
848	EST	8	17	p89m	figs-doublet	מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	пир и хороший день	These two terms mean something similar and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “and had festive celebrations” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
849	EST	8	17	aci5	figs-idiom	וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	и хороший день	This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. Alternate translation: “and a holiday” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
850	EST	8	17	aci6	figs-explicit	וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים	1	и многие из народов страны стали иудеями	The implication is that they did this because they thought that the Jews might attack them when the Jews fought back against their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851	EST	8	17	aci7		וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים	1	и многие из народов страны стали иудеями	Alternate translation: “many people from the other ethnic groups in the empire”
852	EST	8	17	aci8	figs-idiom	מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙	1	из народов страны	The peoples of the land were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
853	EST	8	17	r3qf	figs-metaphor	נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	напал на них страх иудеев	Напал на них страх - значит, что они стали сильно бояться иудеев. Альтернативный перевод: “они начали бояться евреев” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854	EST	8	17	aci9	figs-events	נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	напал на них страх иудеев	To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
855	EST	9	intro	yty1			0		# Есфирь 09 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Пурим<br><br>Всё, что случилось с еврейским народом, было настолько значимым, что иудеи начали ежегодно праздновать своё избавление. Данный праздник стал называться “Пурим”.<br><br>### Важные изобразительные средства, употреблённые в данной главе<br><br>#### Ирония<br><br>Иронией здесь является то, что день, когда враги должны были одержать победу над евреями, стал днём победы для Божьего народа.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 09:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../08/intro.md) \| [>>](../10/intro.md)__
856	EST	9	1	j8r7	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ	1	И в двенадцатом месяце	This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
857	EST	9	1	acj0	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	И в двенадцатом месяце, то есть месяце Адаре, в его тринадцатый день	См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
858	EST	9	1	j8r9	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ	1	И в двенадцатом месяце	Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
859	EST	9	1	t9yc	translate-hebrewmonths	הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר	1	то есть месяце Адаре	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), and [8:12](../08/12.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
860	EST	9	1	j9r1	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	в его тринадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the month” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
861	EST	9	1	acj1		אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת	1	когда… выполнение приказа царя и его указа	Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed”
862	EST	9	1	wh56	figs-personification	אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת	1	когда приблизилось выполнение приказа царя и его указа	Испонить приказ - значит “выполнить чьё-либо распоряжение или приказ”. Можно сказать: “когда народ приготовился исполнить царское постановление” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
863	EST	9	1	acj2		בַּ⁠יּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	в день, когда надеялись враги иудеев овладеть ими	Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day”
864	EST	9	1	ect2	figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט	1	овладеть	This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
865	EST	9	1	lq9y	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נַהֲפ֣וֹךְ	1	а вышло наоборот	Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
866	EST	9	1	acj3		ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	а вышло наоборот, что овладели сами иудеи ненавидящими их	Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies”
867	EST	9	1	acj4	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	ненавидящими их	This is an idiom that describes enemies (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
868	EST	9	2	tj62	figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד	1	чтобы наложить руки	Here the expression to stretch out a hand means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. Alternate translation: “to defend themselves” or “to fight” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
869	EST	9	2	d44x	figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֖י רָֽעָתָ֑⁠ם	1	на желающих им зла	Here the abstract noun evil likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md) and [8:6](../08/06.md). In this context, the term can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “who were trying to destroy them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
870	EST	9	2	acj6	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	и никто не мог устоять перед ними	Не мог устоять - значит не смог противостоять их атаке. Альтернативный перевод: “никто не был способен противостоять нападению евреев”, “никто не смог победить евреев” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
871	EST	9	2	x8s3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	и никто не мог устоять перед ними	Here, standing is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “was able to fight back” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
872	EST	9	2	j9r3	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	перед ними	Here, face figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
873	EST	9	2	h7jh	figs-metaphor	נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים	1	их страх напал на все народы	Here, falling is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
874	EST	9	2	acj7	figs-explicit	נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים	1	их страх напал на все народы	The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	EST	9	3	acj8		שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּח֗וֹת	1	правители областей, и сатрапы, и начальники	See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [8:9](../08/09.md). Alternate translation: “the government leaders in each province”
876	EST	9	3	acj9		וְ⁠עֹשֵׂ֤י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	и выполняющие дела, которые у царя	Alternate translation: “anyone the king had trusted with his affairs”
877	EST	9	3	ack0	figs-metaphor	מְנַשְּׂאִ֖ים אֶת־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֑ים	1	поддерживали иудеев	Here, lifting up is a figurative way of saying “helping.” The picture is likely of someone helping a tired or injured person to stand or walk by holding them up. Alternate translation: “helped the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
878	EST	9	3	q2ue	figs-metaphor	נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	напал на них страх Мардохея	Here, falling is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of Mordecai” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
879	EST	9	4	j9r5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	Потому что	This term introduces the reason why the officials and satraps and governors were becoming afraid of Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
880	EST	9	4	xd49	figs-explicit	גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Мардохей был великим в доме царя	The implication is that this is why all the other officials were afraid of Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “They were afraid of him because” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
881	EST	9	4	ack1	figs-metonymy	גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Мардохей был великим в доме царя	The palace of the king is a figurative way of describing the king’s administration by referring to the place where it was headquartered. Alternate translation: “was very important in the king’s government” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
882	EST	9	4	ack2		גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Мардохей был великим в доме царя	Great here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s<br>service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official”
883	EST	9	4	mr66	figs-personification	וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מְּדִינ֑וֹת	1	и слава его ходила по всем областям	То есть все люди узнали, насколько огромную власть получил Мардохей. Альтернативный перевод: “жители всех областей узнали, какой огромной властью он обладал” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
884	EST	9	4	j9r9	figs-idiom	מָרְדֳּכַ֖י הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠גָדֽוֹל	1	Мардохей, поднимался всё выше и выше	This expression means that Mordecai continued to become more powerful and influential. Alternate translation: “Mordecai was becoming more famous because the king was giving him more and more power” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
885	EST	9	5	ack3		וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב	1	И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча	After the information about Mordecai, the story now returns to tell what happened on the appointed day. You could add a phrase to show this. Alternate translation, add: “on the day when they were allowed to defend themselves”
886	EST	9	5	ack4	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב	1	И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча	This expression means that the Jews defended themselves against their enemies, even to the point of killing people who attacked them. Alternate translation: “the Jews attacked all of their enemies and killed them with their swords” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
887	EST	9	5	j11d	figs-synecdoche	מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב	1	ударом меча	Swords were not necessarily the only weapons the Jews had and used. The sword is used to represent all of their weaponry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more general meaning. Alternate translation: “the Jews took up their weapons and used them against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
888	EST	9	5	j13d	figs-doublet	וְ⁠הֶ֖רֶג וְ⁠אַבְדָ֑ן	1	убийством и уничтожением	These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they destroyed them completely” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
889	EST	9	5	j15d	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֥וּ בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם כִּ⁠רְצוֹנָֽ⁠ם	1	и сделали они со своими врагами по своей воле	This expression does not mean that the Jews felt pleasure when they killed their enemies. Rather, it means that the Jews were able to defend themselves against their enemies and were not hindered in any way. Alternate translation: “they were able to do everything they wanted to do against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
890	EST	9	5	ack5	figs-idiom	בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	со своими врагами	This is an idiom that describes enemies. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
891	EST	9	6	b5ft		וּ⁠בְ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֗ה	1	И в Сузах, крепости	Alternate translation: “just in Susa, the capital city”
892	EST	9	6	j17d	figs-doublet	הָרְג֤וּ…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֔ד	1	убили и уничтожили	These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
893	EST	9	6	ha18	translate-numbers	חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִֽישׁ	1	пятьсот человек	500 человек (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
894	EST	9	7	ack6	figs-explicit	פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא	1	Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу	The story lists the names of Haman’s sons before explaining that they were his sons and that the Jews killed them. To be clear who these people are, you can add this information from verse 10 explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “rhe Jews killed the ten sons of their enemy Haman son of Hammedatha. The names of his sons were …” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	EST	9	7	s6x2	translate-names	פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא	1	Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу	These are the names of men. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
896	EST	9	8	g6zx	translate-names	פּוֹרָ֛תָא…אֲדַלְיָ֖א…אֲרִידָֽתָא	1	Порафу… Адалью… Аридафу	Это мужские имена (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
897	EST	9	9	gj4p	translate-names	פַּרְמַ֨שְׁתָּא֙…אֲרִיסַ֔י…אֲרִדַ֖י…וַיְזָֽתָא	1	Пармашфу… Арисая… Аридая… Ваиезафу	Это мужские имена (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
898	EST	9	10	fsa2	translate-numbers	עֲ֠שֶׂרֶת בְּנֵ֨י	1	десятерых сыновей	10-х сыновей (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
899	EST	9	10	xt5b	figs-distinguish	צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים	1	врага иудеев	This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
900	EST	9	10	j19d	figs-idiom	לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם	1	не протянули своих рук	Here the expression to stretch out a hand means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
901	EST	9	10	ack7		וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה	1	а на добычу	Alternate translation: “But … their possessions”
902	EST	9	11	ack8		בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	В тот день	Alternate translation: “at the end of that day”
903	EST	9	11	j21d	figs-personification	בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	поступило к царю число	Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
904	EST	9	11	acl0	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	к царю	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
905	EST	9	11	j22d	figs-activepassive	מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽ⁠הֲרוּגִ֛ים	1	число убитых	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
906	EST	9	12	j33d	figs-doublet	הָרְגוּ֩…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד	1	убили и уничтожили	These terms mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
907	EST	9	12	cz3e	translate-numbers	חֲמֵ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אִ֗ישׁ	1	пятьсот человек	Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
908	EST	9	12	acl1		וְ⁠אֵת֙	1	и	Alternate translation: “including”
909	EST	9	12	j5p9	translate-numbers	עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת בְּנֵֽי	1	десятерых сыновей	Alternate translation: “10 sons” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
910	EST	9	12	vh5l	figs-rquestion	בִּ⁠שְׁאָ֛ר מְדִינ֥וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מֶ֣ה עָשׂ֑וּ	1	Что же они сделали в других областях царя	Царь задаёт Есфири этот вопрос, чтобы выразить свою заинтересованность действиями евреев в областях империи. Альтеративный перевод: “Каковы их действия в других областях?”, “Должно быть, они убили многих в других областях царя!” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
911	EST	9	12	s3sr	figs-parallelism	וּ⁠מַה־שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ ע֖וֹד וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Какое твоё прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая ещё твоя просьба? Она будет выполнена	Абстрактное существительное “желание” можно заменить глаголами “просить”, “хотеть”: “Что ты хочешь у меня попросить?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
912	EST	9	12	n3ua	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ	1	Оно будет дано тебе… Она будет выполнена	Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: “Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь” или “Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
913	EST	9	12	ly4g	figs-abstractnouns	שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ	1	твоё прошение… твоя просьба	Абстрактное существительное “просьба” можно заменить глаголами “просить”, “хотеть”: “О чём ты хочешь меня попросить?”, “Что бы ты хотела получить от меня?” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
914	EST	9	13	acl2	figs-idiom	אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב	1	Если угодно царю	Или “исполнять приказ”. Альтеративный перевод: “исполнять приказ также и завтра, “исполнять приказ завтра так же, как и сегодня” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
915	EST	9	13	acl3	figs-activepassive	יִנָּתֵ֣ן	1	пусть… будет позволено	You can say this with an active form, and you can indicate that Esther is asking the king to do it. Alternate translation: “please allow” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
916	EST	9	13	nz41		גַּם־מָחָ֗ר לַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כְּ⁠דָ֣ת הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	завтра тоже… иудеям, которые в Сузах, делать по указу этого дня	Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live in Susa to obey today’s decree tomorrow also” or “to do tomorrow also what was decreed that they should do today”
917	EST	9	13	j43d		בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן	1	в Сузах	Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
918	EST	9	13	acl4		עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ	1	десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят	The request is not for the king to allow the bodies to be impaled (or hanged), but instead, for the king to order this. Alternate translation: “and have the bodies of Haman’s ten sons hanged [or impaled]”
919	EST	9	13	acl5	translate-symaction	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ	1	десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят	Повесить - значит “казнить, повесив на виселице” (“виселица” - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой, как петля, одевался на шею человека). См. [Есфирь 2:23](../02/23.md). Альтернативный перевод: “казнили через повешение” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
920	EST	9	13	acl6	figs-explicit	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ	1	десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят	It is implicit that since Haman’s sons are already dead, what Esther is actually asking for is for their bodies to be impaled or hanged. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
921	EST	9	13	nr1p	translate-numbers	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי	1	десятерых сыновей	Alternate translation: “10 sons” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
922	EST	9	13	qyu8	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	дереве	See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
923	EST	9	14	acl7	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠הֵֽעָשׂ֣וֹת כֵּ֔ן	1	И сказал царь сделать так	You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king granted both of Esther’s requests” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
924	EST	9	14	acl8	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן	1	и был дан указ в Сузах	This phrase, “in Susa,” seems to indicate that this refers to Esther’s first request. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he issued a decree allowing the Jews in Susa to fight against their enemies again the next day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
925	EST	9	14	j47d	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן	1	и был дан указ в Сузах	This can be stated in active form as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
926	EST	9	14	j49d		בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן	1	в Сузах	Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
927	EST	9	14	acl9	figs-explicit	תָּלֽוּ	1	повесили	This was Esther’s second request. You can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to hang [or impale] the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
928	EST	9	14	j51d	translate-numbers	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי	1	десятерых сыновей	Alternate translation: “10 sons” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
929	EST	9	15	j55d		בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן	1	в Сузах	Alternate translation: “who lived in the capital city of Susa”
930	EST	9	15	acm0		וַ⁠יִּֽקָּהֲל֞וּ	1	И собрались	Alternate translation: “joined together”
931	EST	9	15	p9gc	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙	1	в четырнадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on day 14” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
932	EST	9	15	j57d	translate-hebrewmonths	לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר	1	месяца Адара	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), and [9:1](../09/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
933	EST	9	15	j59d		בְ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן	1	в Сузах	Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
934	EST	9	15	j61d	translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ	1	триста человек	Alternate translation: “three hundred men” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
935	EST	9	15	lp12	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם	1	а на добычу не протянули своих рук	Here, the expression to stretch out a hand means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
936	EST	9	16	j65d	figs-metaphor	נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם	1	собрались и стояли за свои души	Here, standing is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. See how you translated this in [8:11](../08/11.md). Alternate translation: “joined together to fight back against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
937	EST	9	16	acm2	figs-explicit	נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם	1	собрались и стояли за свои души	It’s implicit here, and stated explicitly in the next verse, that these other Jews fought their enemies only on the thirteenth day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “on the thirteenth day of the month of Adar” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
938	EST	9	16	acm3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נ֨וֹחַ֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	и успокоились от своих врагов	Here, resting is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they had no more trouble from their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
939	EST	9	16	kms1		וְ⁠הָרֹג֙ בְּ⁠שֹׂ֣נְאֵי⁠הֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף	1	и убили ненавидящих их семьдесят пять тысяч	Alternate translation: “and killed 75,000 of them”
940	EST	9	16	i1d1	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף	1	семьдесят пять тысяч	Alternate translation: “seventy-five thousand” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
941	EST	9	16	m2cx		לֹ֥א שָֽׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם	1	не протянули своих рук	Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” or “they did not take the valuable things” or “the did not take their possessions”
942	EST	9	17	ll4f	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠יוֹם־שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר	1	в тринадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
943	EST	9	17	j67d	translate-hebrewmonths	לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר	1	месяца Адара	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), and [9:15](../09/15.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
944	EST	9	17	acm5		בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה	1	на его четырнадцатый день, и сделали его днём пира и радости	Alternate translation: “they devoted the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar, to joyful celebration” or “they feasted joyfully the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar”
945	EST	9	17	kjj1	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	на его четырнадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on day 14” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
946	EST	9	17	j69d	figs-hendiadys	מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה	1	пира и радости	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word rejoicing tells how they celebrated. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
947	EST	9	17	acm6	figs-synecdoche	מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה	1	пира	This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. The celebrations must have included more than just eating special meals together, but the story uses those meals to refer to the entire celebrations. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
948	EST	9	18	w531		וְהַיְּהוּדִ֣ים אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן נִקְהֲלוּ֙	1	А иудеи, которые в Сузах, собирались	Alternate translation: “but the Jews who lived in the capital city of Susa”
949	EST	9	18	acm7	figs-explicit	נִקְהֲלוּ֙	1	собирались	The implication is that they did this to fight against their enemies. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived in Susa joined together to fight against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
950	EST	9	18	acm8	figs-explicit	בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	в его тринадцатый день, и в его четырнадцатый день	If it would be clearer, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar”<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
951	EST	9	18	j73d	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	в его тринадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on day 13” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
952	EST	9	18	j75d	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	и в его четырнадцатый день	Alternate translation: “and on day 14” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
953	EST	9	18	acm9	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נ֗וֹחַ בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה	1	и успокоились в его пятнадцатый день, и сделали его днём пира и радости	Resting is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they defeated them, and there was no fighting on the fifteenth day. They devoted that day to joyful celebration” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
954	EST	9	18	j77d	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	в его пятнадцатый день	Alternate translation: “on day 15” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
955	EST	9	18	j79d	figs-hendiadys	מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה	1	пира и радости	This phrase means the same thing as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for feasting joyfully” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
956	EST	9	19	j81d	grammar-connect-logic-result	עַל־כֵּ֞ן	1	Поэтому	This term introduces the result of the events that were described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
957	EST	9	19	acn0	figs-parallelism	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֣ים הַפְּרָזִ֗ים הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִים֮ בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠פְּרָזוֹת֒	1	сельские иудеи, живущие в открытых селениях	These two phrases mean similar things. They are used together to make the identification of this group clear. The first phrase means that they lived in rural areas. The second phrase means they lived in settlements that did not have walls around them, that is, in villages. You can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Jews who live in villages in the countryside” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
958	EST	9	19	acn1	figs-explicit	עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём	The implication is that this explanation is being offered for the benefit of city-dwelling Jews who might wonder why rural Jews celebrate this holiday on a different day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “rather than on the fifteenth day.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
959	EST	9	19	acn2		עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём	Alternate translation: “observe this holiday on the fourteenth day”
960	EST	9	19	j83d	translate-ordinal	י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙	1	четырнадцатый день	Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
961	EST	9	19	j85d	translate-hebrewmonths	לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר	1	месяца Адара	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md).<br>(См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
962	EST	9	19	j87d	figs-hendiadys	שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה	1	радостью, и пиршеством	As in verses 17 and 18, this means “by celebrating joyfully” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
963	EST	9	19	j89d	figs-idiom	וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	и хорошим днём	This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
964	EST	9	19	acn3	translate-symaction	וּ⁠מִשְׁל֥וֹחַ מָנ֖וֹת אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	и посылают подарки друг другу	Giving gifts, in this culture as in many cultures, was a way of acknowledging a special occasion. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
965	EST	9	19	j91d	figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	друг другу	Here, a man means “a person.” The term friend would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
966	EST	9	20	acn4		וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֣ב…הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	И написал… эти слова	Alternate translation: “wrote an account of all of these events”
967	EST	9	20	acn5		כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינוֹת֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1	всем иудеям, которые во всех областях царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translation: “all the Jews everywhere in the kingdom”
968	EST	9	20	j95d	figs-merism	הַ⁠קְּרוֹבִ֖ים וְ⁠הָ⁠רְחוֹקִֽים	1	к ближним и к дальним	This is a figurative way of referring to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. This expression means the Jews who lived in or near Susa, those who lived far away, and all Jews in between. Alternate translation: “everywhere they lived” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
969	EST	9	21	acn6	figs-idiom	לְ⁠קַיֵּם֮ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֒ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים	1	чтобы установить у них празднование	Установить праздник - значит “отмечать важное событие”. Альтернативный перевод: “ежегодно в четырнадцатый и пятнадцатый день месяца Адар праздновали” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
970	EST	9	21	j97d	translate-ordinal	י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙	1	четырнадцатого дня	Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
971	EST	9	21	j99d	translate-hebrewmonths	לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר	1	месяца Адар	Adar is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
972	EST	9	21	j111	translate-ordinal	יוֹם־חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	его пятнадцатого дня	Alternate translation: “the fifteenth day” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
973	EST	9	21	n4v9	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה	1	каждый год	This expression means “every year.” Alternation translation: “each year” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
974	EST	9	22	acn7	grammar-connect-logic-result	כַּ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר	1	как дни, в которые	This verse gives the reason for what Mordecai told the Jews to do in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because those were the days when” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
975	EST	9	22	acn8	figs-metaphor	נָ֨חוּ בָ⁠הֶ֤ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ מֵ⁠א֣וֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	в которые иудеи успокоились от своих врагов	As in verses 16, 17, and 18, resting here is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “the Jews stopped fighting because they had defeated their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
976	EST	9	22	acn9		וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩	1	и месяц, в который	Alternate translation: “And that was the month when”
977	EST	9	22	aco1	figs-parallelism	נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день	Вместо абстрактных существительных “печаль”, “радость” можно использовать глаголы “горевать”, “радоваться”: “они перестали горевать и начали радоваться” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
978	EST	9	22	aco3	figs-explicit	נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב	1	превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день	It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
979	EST	9	22	nch1	figs-metaphor	נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה	1	превратилась их печаль в радость	Turning figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
980	EST	9	22	aco4	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה	1	печаль в радость	The abstract nouns sorrow and joy can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
981	EST	9	22	j113	figs-explicit	לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗⁠ם יְמֵי֙	1	чтобы они сделали их днями	These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
982	EST	9	22	j115	figs-hendiadys	מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה	1	пира и радости	As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
983	EST	9	22	aco5		וּ⁠מִשְׁל֤וֹחַ מָנוֹת֙ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	и посылали подарки друг другу	See how you translated this in verse 19. Review the notes there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another”
984	EST	9	22	j117	figs-idiom	אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	друг другу	Here, a man means “a person.” The term friend would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
985	EST	9	22	aco6	translate-symaction	וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים	1	и подарки бедным	In this culture as in many others, helping the poor was also a way of acknowledging a special occasion. The idea was that no one should miss out on the benefits of the wonderful thing that God had done. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should help the poor on those days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
986	EST	9	22	z1vl	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים	1	и подарки бедным	This is also something that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should give gifts to the poor on those days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
987	EST	9	23	aco7	figs-explicit	וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙…אֲשֶׁר־כָּתַ֥ב מָרְדֳּכַ֖י אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	И приняли… чём Мардохей написал им	The implication seems to be that the Jews were glad to do what Mordecai had instructed, because they had already been doing it. You can add a word such as “readily” to indicate this. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
988	EST	9	23	aco8		וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙	1	И приняли	Alternate translation: “agreed”
989	EST	9	23	ib25	figs-events	אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת	1	что уже начали делать	Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way.” You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
990	EST	9	24	j119	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי֩	1	потому что	This introduces the reason for the events previously described. The story will now summarize everything that happened previously. The Jews were to celebrate because they were able to fight back when Haman plotted to destroy all of them. Alternate translation: “they would celebrate these days to remember” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
991	EST	9	24	kqf6	figs-explicit	כִּי֩	1	потому что	Пур - это персидское слово, переводимое как “жребий”. Выражение “бросать пур” означает “бросать жребий”. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
992	EST	9	24	j125	figs-distinguish	צֹרֵר֙ כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	враг всех иудеев	This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of all the Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
993	EST	9	24	aco9		חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָ֑⁠ם	1	задумал против иудеев, чтобы уничтожить их	Alternate translation: “had tried to carry out a plan that would destroy the Jews”
994	EST	9	24	xz7s	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִפִּ֥יל פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל	1	и бросал пур, то есть жребий	Вы можете уточнить, зачем Аман бросал жребий: “он бросал “пур” (то есть “жребий”), чтобы выбрать наиболее подходящий день для истребления евреев” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
995	EST	9	24	bcy2	translate-names	פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל	1	пур, то есть жребий	As in 3:7, the storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and then the name for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. Alternate translation: “a Pur (that is, a lot)” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
996	EST	9	24	j127	figs-hendiadys	לְ⁠הֻמָּ֖⁠ם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם	1	об их истреблении и об их уничтожении	The terms vex and destroy mean basically the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the degree to which Haman’s deadly plans were distressing to the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the terms and express the emphasis with a word like “completely.” Alternate translation: “and completely destroy them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
997	EST	9	25	m8x3	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹאָ⁠הּ֮ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒	1	и когда она пришла к царю	In this summary, many details are communicated implicitly. She means Esther. Also, this verse continues the account of what this celebration is commemorating.<br>If it would be clearer in your language, you can make these things explicit. Alternate translation: “the celebration also commemorated how Esther dared to come into the king’s presence without being summoned, and she won his favor” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
998	EST	9	25	j128	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒	1	к царю	Here, face is a metonym meaning the presence of a person. This phrase means that Esther came into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into the king’s presence” or “before the king” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
999	EST	9	25	acp1	figs-explicit	אָמַ֣ר עִם־הַ⁠סֵּ֔פֶר	1	он приказал письмом	Once again, there is much information that is implicit here. If it would be clearer in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the king gave Mordecai the authority to send a letter throughout the empire saying that the Jews could defend themselves against their enemies” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1000	EST	9	25	y57b	figs-idiom	יָשׁ֞וּב מַחֲשַׁבְתּ֧⁠וֹ הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עַל־רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	чтобы его злой замысел, который он задумал против иудеев, обратился на его голову	Направился против него - значит “обрушился на него самого”. Альтернативный перевод: “злой замысел Амана, составленный против евреев, был осуществлён против него самого” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1001	EST	9	25	acp2	figs-personification	וְ⁠תָל֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֖י⁠ו עַל־הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	и повесили его и его сыновей на дереве	The letter itself did not say this. The story is summarizing the events in compressed form. It is speaking of the letter as if it were a person who could take action and give commands like this, but it was the king who gave the command. Alternate translation: “the king also ordered his servants to hang [or impale] Haman on a wooden pole [or hang Haman on a gallows]. When the Jews in Susa killed his ten sons, the king had their bodies hanged [or impaled] as well” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1002	EST	9	25	j129	translate-unknown	הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	дереве	See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1003	EST	9	26	j131	grammar-connect-logic-result	עַל־כֵּ֡ן	1	Поэтому	This introduces the reason why the Jews gave the name “Purim” to this celebration. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1004	EST	9	26	acp3	figs-explicit	קָֽרְאוּ֩ לַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֤לֶּה פוּרִים֙	1	назвали эти дни Пурим	They means the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jews called these days Purim, like the word Pur” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1005	EST	9	26	c1gi	translate-names	פוּרִים֙	1	Пурим	This is the name of the festival that commemorates the salvation of the Jewish people in ancient Persia from Haman’s plot to destroy and kill all the Jews in a single day. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1006	EST	9	26	buf1	writing-background	עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר	1	от имени “пур”	Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1007	EST	9	26	yq8m	figs-explicit	שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר	1	имени “пур”	It can be stated clearly what “Pur” means. Alternate translation: “the word Pur, which means ‘lot’” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008	EST	9	26	j133	grammar-connect-logic-result	עַל־כֵּ֕ן	1	Поэтому	Это название древнеперсидского праздника, установленного в память об избавлении еврейского народа от замысла Амана, направленного против истребления иудеев (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1009	EST	9	26	acp4		עַל־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֖י הָ⁠אִגֶּ֣רֶת הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	по всем словам этого письма	This is a reference to the letter that Mordecai wrote, as described in verses 20–22. Alternate translation: “because Mordecai wrote to them to tell them to observe this holiday”
1010	EST	9	26	acp5	figs-parallelism	וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них	These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize what a vivid experience it was to live through the events that this story describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “amazing.” Alternate translation: “the amazing things that had happened to them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1011	EST	9	26	acp6	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них	These phrases say generally “this” and “what,” but they are referring to the specific events the story has related. If it would be clearer in your language, you can describe these things specifically. Alternate translation: “because the Jews had been able to destroy the enemies who had wanted to destroy them” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1012	EST	9	26	acp7	figs-events	וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них	You can put this first, before the information about Mordecai’s letter, because it happened first. You can say “then” when you tell about the letter. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1013	EST	9	26	j135	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	и что доходило до них	This expression means “what had happened to them.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1014	EST	9	27	acp8		קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ ׀ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֨ם ׀ וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם וְ⁠עַ֨ל כָּל־הַ⁠נִּלְוִ֤ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙…לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	иудеи постановили и приняли для себя, и для своего семени, и для всех присоединяющихся к ним… праздновать эти два дня	Alternate translation: “the Jews said that they would tell their descendants and those people who became Jews to be certain to celebrate this festival”
1015	EST	9	27	acp9	figs-doublet	קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩	1	иудеи постановили и приняли	“Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1016	EST	9	27	j137	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם	1	и для своего семени	As in [6:13](../06/13.md), seed is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1017	EST	9	27	j141	figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר	1	непременно	This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. You can put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1018	EST	9	27	acq0	figs-events	לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	праздновать эти два дня	Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them.” To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1019	EST	9	27	acq1		כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם	1	по предписанному о них	Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter”
1020	EST	9	27	acq2		וְ⁠כִ⁠זְמַנָּ֑⁠ם	1	и в своё время для них	This means the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar, as specified in [9:21](../09/21.md). Alternate translation: “on those exact days of the month of Adar”
1021	EST	9	27	j143	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה	1	каждый год	This expression means “each and every year.” Alternate translation: “every single year” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1022	EST	9	28	acq3	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים	1	и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали	This gives the result of the reasons described in verses 26 and 27. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “that is why” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1023	EST	9	28	acq4	figs-doublet	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים	1	и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали	Remembered and made mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews have been faithful in doing this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “So the Jews have celebrated these days.” Alternate translation: “therefore they said that they would remember and celebrate on those two days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1024	EST	9	28	hc8s	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים	1	и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали	This expression uses two passive forms, but you could say the same thing using active forms. Alternate translation: “so the Jews have celebrated and observed these days” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1025	EST	9	28	j145	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־דּ֣וֹר וָ⁠ד֗וֹר	1	во все роды	This expression means “in each and every generation.” Alternate translation: “in every single generation” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1026	EST	9	28	j147	figs-idiom	מִשְׁפָּחָה֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּחָ֔ה	1	в каждом семействе	This expression means “every family.” Alternate translation: “every Jewish family” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1027	EST	9	28	acq5	figs-merism	מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	в каждой области и в каждом городе	This could be a figure of speech that refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. Generally speaking, a province would be the largest division of the empire that would identify a person’s location, and a city would be the smallest. Particularly, since the Jews would continue to celebrate Purim after the Persian empire and its provinces no longer exist, you might choose to express the meaning of this figure of speech in a more general way. Alternate translation: “everywhere they have lived” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1028	EST	9	28	j149	figs-idiom	מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה	1	в каждой области	This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single<br>province” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1029	EST	9	28	j151	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	и в каждом городе	This expression means “every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1030	EST	9	28	acq6	figs-doublenegatives	וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени	As in verse 27, this expression means that the Jews will never stop celebrating the feast of Purim. You can say this positively. Alternate translation: “will always observe the Festival of Purim faithfully” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1031	EST	9	28	m5o8	figs-parallelism	וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени	These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1032	EST	9	28	acq7		מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	среди иудеев	Alternate translation: “within the Jewish community”
1033	EST	9	28	i2qk		וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף	1	и чтобы память о них не исчезла	Alternate translation: “will always observe”
1034	EST	9	28	j155	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	у их семени	As in verse 27, seed is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1035	EST	9	29	je8e	figs-distinguish	בַת־אֲבִיחַ֛יִל	1	дочь Абихаила	This information reminds the reader who Esther was. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1036	EST	9	29	cm8c	translate-names	אֲבִיחַ֛יִל	1	Абихаила	Отец Есфирь был дядей Мардохея. См., как данный факт переведён в [Есфирь 2:15](../02/15.md) (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1037	EST	9	29	oc4c		וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֥י	1	и… Мардохей	Since the Hebrew verb wrote is feminine singular, it means that the letter was from Esther. The mention of Mordecai here probably means that Mordecai helped her to write the letter. Alternate translation: “with Mordecai”
1038	EST	9	29	acq8	figs-distinguish	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖י	1	иудей	This phrase gives information about Mordecai to remind the reader. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1039	EST	9	29	acq9		תִּכְתֹּב…אֶת־כָּל־תֹּ֑קֶף	1	со всей властью	Alternate translation: “using her royal authority” or “using the authority that she had as queen”
1040	EST	9	29	ku7d	translate-numbers	לְ⁠קַיֵּ֗ם אֵ֣ת אִגֶּ֧רֶת הַ⁠פּוּרִ֛ים הַ⁠זֹּ֖את הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית	1	чтобы исполняли это второе письмо Пурима	This second letter of Purim could refer to (1) this letter that Esther is writing, which is the second letter that the Jews will receive about the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “an additional letter about Purim with her authority” or (2) the second letter that Mordecai wrote (see verses 20-22), creating the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “to confirm what Mordecai had written about Purim in his second letter” In either case, this letter from Esther is to add her royal authority to what Mordecai had already written. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1041	EST	9	30	acr1	figs-gendernotations	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח סְפָרִ֜ים	1	И он послал письма	While this says “he,” in context it refers to the letter that Esther wrote with Mordecai’s help. Alternate translation: “they sent copies of this second letter” or “Mordecai ordered messengers to take copies of the letter” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1042	EST	9	30	acr2	figs-parallelism	אֶל־כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֶל־שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה מַלְכ֖וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ	1	ко всем иудеям в сто двадцать семь областей царства Артаксеркса	These three phrases all mean the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Esther and Mordecai sent this second letter out comprehensively throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “to all the Jews throughout the entire empire of Ahasuerus” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1043	EST	9	30	acr3	figs-metonymy	שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה	1	сто двадцать семь областей	The letter was not sent to the provinces as geographical territories, but to the Jews who lived in them. The Jews are being described by something associated with them, the places where they lived. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1044	EST	9	30	u389	translate-numbers	שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה	1	сто двадцать семь областей	Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1045	EST	9	30	iaf7	figs-abstractnouns	דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת	1	со словами мира и правды	The abstract nouns peace and truth can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “encouraging the Jews that they are now safe and can live peacefully” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1046	EST	9	30	mpse		דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת	1	со словами мира и правды	The Hebrew word translated as truth here also refers to things that are “sure” or “secure.” When “peace” and “truth” are paired together, they can refer to a peaceful, stable political environment, as in 2 Kings 20:19 and Jeremiah 33:6. Alternate translation: “with a message that assured them of their peaceful and stable situation”
1047	EST	9	31	acr4		לְ⁠קַיֵּ֡ם אֵת־יְמֵי֩ הַ⁠פֻּרִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה בִּ⁠זְמַנֵּי⁠הֶ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ קִיַּ֨ם עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם מָרְדֳּכַ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ וְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה	1	чтобы соблюдали эти дни Пурима в своё время, как установил для них иудей Мардохей и царица Есфирь	Alternate translation: “in this second letter, Mordecai the Jew and Queen Esther confirmed that Purim should be celebrated on the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar”
1048	EST	9	31	rgr9	figs-distinguish	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙	1	иудей	This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1049	EST	9	31	acr5		וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם	1	и как они установили для себя и для своего семени: относительно поста и плача	This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
1050	EST	9	31	rl2s	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם	1	и для своего семени	Here, seed is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1051	EST	9	32	acr7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר	1	и он был вписан в книгу	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1052	EST	10	intro	h4m4			0		# Есфирь 10 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Новое положение Мардохея<br><br>Благодаря Богу, Мардохей занял высокопоставленную должность в Персидской империи: он был вторым властелином после царя Персии и использовал своё положение для того, чтобы улучшить жизнь своего народа.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 10:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) \| __
1053	EST	10	1	j157	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ	1	И установил царь Артаксеркс	Установить налог - значит “заставить людей платить налог”. Под “землёй” и “морскими островами” подразумевается население тех областей. Альтернативный перевод: “начал брать налоги с населения своей земли и жителей морских островов” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1054	EST	10	1	b5ht		וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס	1	И установил… налог	Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
1055	EST	10	1	acr8	figs-merism	עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	на земле и на морских островах	The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1056	EST	10	1	twn8	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	и на морских островах	The phrase the islands of the sea likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1057	EST	10	1	acr9	figs-metonymy	עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	на земле и на морских островах	These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1058	EST	10	2	acs1	figs-doublet	וְ⁠כָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ	1	И все дела его силы и могущества	Вместо абстрактных существительных “сила” и “могущество” можно использовать прилагательные “великие”, “могущественные”: “все его великие и могущественные достижения”, “о том, насколько великими и могущесвенными были его достижения” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1059	EST	10	2	p98n	figs-abstractnouns	תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ	1	его силы и могущества	The abstract nouns power and might can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1060	EST	10	2	k7tc		וּ⁠פָרָשַׁת֙	1	и полное описание	“They also wrote a full account”
1061	EST	10	2	acs2		גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י	1	величия Мардохея	Или “точный отчёт о том, как царь возвеличил и прославил Мардохея”, “точное описание того, как царь почтил Мардохея за его великие достижения” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1062	EST	10	2	acs3		גִּדְּל֖⁠וֹ	1	прославил его	See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
1063	EST	10	2	acs4	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס	1	разве они не записаны в книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии	This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1064	EST	10	2	acs5	figs-activepassive	הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים	1	разве они не записаны	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record …” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1065	EST	10	2	acs6		הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים	1	разве они не записаны	Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse if that would be clearer in your language.
1066	EST	10	2	acs7	figs-idiom	סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס	1	книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии	See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1067	EST	10	3	j159	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	Ведь	This word indicates that this verse will give the reason why the scribes made a record about Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1068	EST	10	3	acs8	figs-distinguish	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗י	1	иудей	This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1069	EST	10	3	acs9		מִשְׁנֶה֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1	был вторым после царя Артаксеркса	Alternate translation: “was the second most important person after King Ahasuerus himself”
1070	EST	10	3	act0		וְ⁠גָדוֹל֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	и великим среди иудеев	Alternate translation: “and a great leader of the Jews”
1071	EST	10	3	iui7	figs-gendernotations	אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	своих братьев	Here, brothers is a figurative way of describing fellow members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “fellow Jews” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1072	EST	10	3	act2	figs-parallelism	דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard Mordecai worked for the good of his people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “He worked hard so his people and their descendants would prosper.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1073	EST	10	3	act3	figs-abstractnouns	דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени	The abstract nouns good and peace refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1074	EST	10	3	wte9	figs-metaphor	דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	искал добра своему народу	Искать добра - это метафора, означающая “упорно трудиться ради чьего-то блага”. Абстрактное существительное “добро” можно заменить глаголом “процветать” или наречием “безопасно”: “он упорно трудился, чтобы его народ мог процветать” или “он прикладывал все усилия для того, чтобы его народ жил безопасно” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	EST	10	3	s8f8	figs-idiom	וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	и делал мир всему своему семени	Speaking peace is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1076	EST	10	3	j161	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	всему своему семени	Here, seed figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

418 KiB Raw Blame History Unescape Escape

418 KiB

Raw Blame History